PT PLN (PERSERO)

Transcription

PT PLN (PERSERO)

PT PLN (PERSERO)
PARENT UNIT VIII DEVELOPMENT
Jl. Ketintang Baru I No. 3-4 Surabaya
PT PLN (PERSERO)
PREFACE
2015
PT PLN (PERSERO)
PREFACE
PREFACE
Steam Power Plant (PLTU) 3 Banten (3 x 315 MW) was inaugurated by President Susilo
Bambang Yudhoyono on January 28, 2011, has been able to supply electricity to the area of
Jakarta. This is in line with the operation of the two circuits Air Channel High Voltage (SUTT)
150 kV Lontar -Tangerang.
During its development, in order to meet the needs of electrical energy to support regional
economic growth and the adequacy of electricity supply in Jakarta and Banten, and in line
with the "Electricity Supply Business Plan (RUPTL) years 2012-2021", PT PLN (Persero) is
planning to build a PLTU Lontar Unit # 4 with a capacity 300-400 MW, which is an
enhancement of the existing power plant 3 Banten with a capacity of 3 x 315 MW. This
development plan in accordance with Presidential Decree No. 48 of 2011 on the Amendment
of Presidential Decree No. 4 of 2010 On Assignment to PT PLN (Persero) To Implement
Accelerated Development of Power Plants Using Renewable Energy, Coal, and Gas; PT. PLN
(Persero) to accelerate the construction of power plants using coal fuel (PLTU).
Activity Plan Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) PLTU development Banten existing 3 (3 x
315 MW), and based on Government Regulation No. 27 of 2012 on Environmental Permit will
be revised ANDAL, from ANDAL document PLTU 3 Banten (3 x 315 MW ) which has been
approved (Decree of the Governor of Banten No. 670.27 / Kep.313-Huk / 2007) April 27,
2007. This is a form of Revised ANDAL, ANDAL Addendum, RKL-RPL in accordance with the
terminology used in the Government Regulation No. 27 of 2012 on Environmental Permit. So
the title of this Environmental Documents become "Addendum to the ANDAL, RKL-RPL
Development Plan Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) PLTU 3 Banten (3 x 315 MW).
With the completion of the ANDAL Addendum, RKL-RPL Development Plan Unit # 4 (300-400
MW) PLTU 3 Banten (3 x 315 MW), we would like to thank all those who have provided
support and engage in the process of drafting this document.
Jakarta, 8 January 2015
PT PLN (Persero)
Wiluyo Kusdwiharto
General Manager
ADDENDUM EIA, PLAN DEVELOPMENT UNIT 4 (300 – 400 MW) PLTU 3 BANTEN (3 X 315 MW)
i
PT PLN (PERSERO)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
2015
PT PLN (PERSERO)
PARENT UNIT VIII DEVELOPMENT ( UIP VIII)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PREFACE
i
LISTS OF TABLE
vi
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF FIGURES
LIST OF ATTACHMENT
BAB I . INTRODUCTION
1.1.
BACKGROUND
1.1.1. Vision and Mission Company
1.1.2. Objectives and Benefits Planned Activities
a. Purpose Planned Activities
b. Benefits of Planned Activities
1.1.3. Regulation and Legislation
1.2.
IDENTITY OF INITIATOR AND COMPOSER ANDAL ANDENDUM REPORT,
RKL-RPL I-16
1. Identity Initiator
2. Drafting Team ANDAL, RKL-RPL
1.3.
LICENCING RELATED
1.4.
SUITABILITY LOCATION PLAN BUSINESS AND / OR ACTIVITY WITH
SPATIAL PLAN AREA (RT/RW)
1.5.
DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITY PLTU BANTEN 3 (3X315 MW) AND PLAN
DEVELOPMENT UNIT # 4(1X315 MW)
1.5.1. Existing Plan Configuration
1.5.2. Configuration Development Plant Unit # 4 (1x 315 MW)
1.5.3. PLTU Component Layout
1.5.3.1. Coal Fuel System
a. Coal Consumption
b. Demolition of Coal
c. Characteristics of Coal
d. Characteristics of HSD
e. Characteristics Chemical Material Used
1.5.3.2. Operational System Generator (Boiler, Turbine and
Generator)
a. Characteritics of Boiler
b. Characteritics of Turbin
c. Characteritics of Generator
1.5.3.3. Generating Plant Water System
1.5.3.4. Bioler Water Processing System
1.5.3.5. Ashes and Dust Processing System
a. Bottom Ash Handling Sistem
b. Flying Ash Handling System
c. Ash Disposal area
1.5.3.6. Liquid Waste Processing System
1.5.3.7. Emergency Response
1.5.3.8. System K3
1.5.3.9. Emergency and Disaster Respose System
ii
viii
x
I-1
I-4
I-5
I-5
I-5
I-5
I-14
I-14
I-15
I-16
I-18
I-18
I-18
I-22
I-22
I-22
I-23
I-28
I-29
I-29
I-29
I-30
I-31
I-34
I-34
I-37
I-37
I-37
I-39
I-40
I-40
I-41
I-44
I-44
ii
ADDENDUM EIA, PLAN DEVELOPMENT 4 (300 – 400 MW) PLTU 3 BANTEN (3 X 315 MW)
PT PLN (PERSERO)
1.6
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.5.4. STAGES OF IMPLEMENTATION ACTIVITIES DEVELOPMENT UNIT #
4 (1 X300 MW) PLTU 3 BANTEN (3X315 MW)
1.5.4.1. Pre-Construction Phase
1.5.4.2. Construction Phase
1) Mobilization of Labor
2) Mobilization Equipment and Material
3) Land Maturation Unit # 4 (1x300-400 MW)
4) Construction PLTU Lontar Unit # 4 (1X300-400 MW)
1.5.4.3. Operation Phase
1.5.4.4. Phase Post-Operation
1.5.4.5. Time Schedule Implementation Plan Development Unit #
4 (1x300-400 MW) PLTU Banten 3 (3x315 MW)
1.5.5. Management and Everonmental Monitoring Has Been Done
1.5.5.1. Everonmental Management Plan (RKL) Has Been Done
a. Buildup and Stockpiling Coal Management
b. Bottom Ash and Fly Ash Management System
c. Use of Water and Waste Water Management
d. B3 Waste Management
1.5.6. Impact Source Monitoring : Indicators of Succes Management
a. Chimney Emission
b. Opacity of Chimney
c. Neutralizing Pond Wastewater
d. Wastewaste Water Quality Boiler Blowdown
e. Quality Luquid Waste Reusing Water
f.
Quality Outlet Wastewater (Coal & Ash Stockpile)
g. Quality Outlet Wastewater Desalination
h. Quality Outlet Wastewater Containing Oil (Oil Wate)
i.
Implementation of CSR (Corporate Social Responsibility)
1.5.7. Linkage Business Plan and / or Activity with Other activities in
the Area.
1) Activity Highway
2) Strategic Area
3) Fishermen Activities
4) Port Area
5) Cultivation Area Pond
STAGES OF DEVELOPMENT PLANS NEW UNIT. PLTU LONTAR
UNIT #4 (300 - 400 MW) CREATE A POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
1.6.1. Pre-Construction Of PLTU Lontar Unit #4 (1 x 300-400 MW)
1.6.2. Construction Stage Of PLTU Lontar Unit #4 (1 x 300-400 MW)
1.6.3. Operation Stage of PLTU Lontar Unit #4 and Existing (4 x 315 MW)
1.7. IMPORTANT IMPACT Of HYPOTHETICAL
1.7.1
1.7.2
Identification of Potential Impact
Evaluation of Pontensial Impact
1.8. STUDY BOUNDARIES AREA
1.8.1. Boundaries Project
1.8.2. Ecological Boundaries
1.8.3. Social Boundaries
1.8.4. Baoundaries Administration
I-45
I-45
I-46
I-46
I-47
I-47
I-48
I-51
I-57
I-57
I-58
I-58
I-58
I-58
I-59
I-61
I-61
I-61
I-61
I-62
I-62
I-62
I-63
I-63
I-63
I-63
I-64
I-64
I-65
I-65
I-65
I-65
I-70
I-70
I-70
I-70
I-70
I-70
I-73
I-79
I-79
I-79
I-80
I-80
iii
PT PLN (PERSERO)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.9. TIME LIMITS OF STUDY
1.9.1. Pra-construction Phase
1.9.2. Construction Phase
1.9.3. Operation Phase
1.9.4. State Post-Operation
BAB II. PREMININARY ENVERONMENTAL RONA
2.1.
GEOPHYSICAL-CHEMICAL COMPONENTS
2.1.1.
Geographic Circumtances
2.1.2.
Flight Operations Safety Zone (KKOP) International Airport Jakarta
Soekarno-Hatta Airport, Tangerang
a. Landing and Takeoff Definition Area
b. Possible Danger Zone Accident
c. Subsurface Horizontal in Regions
d. Region Subsurface Horizontal Outer
e. Subsurface Cone in Region
f. Subsurface Transition in Region
2.1.3.
Topography State Area
2.1.4.
Regional Geology State
2.1.5.
Land Type
2.1.6.
Regional Climatology State
2.1.7.
Hydrology
a. Surface Water Quality
2.1.8.
Hydrogeological
a. Well Water Quality in Regional PLTU Lontar
2.1.9.
Hydro-Oceanograpic
2.1.10. Ambient Air Quality and Noise
a. Ambient Air Quality
b. Quality Noise
2.2. BIOLOGICAL COMPONENTS
2.2.1.
Aquatic Biota
a. Plankton
b. Benthos
c. Biota Sea
2.2.2.
Biota Land
a. Flora/Vegetation
b. Fauna
2.3.
COMPONENTS SOCIO-ECONOMIC-CULTURAL
2.3.1.
Total, Density and Population Growth
2.3.2.
Number of Schools Around Tread Project
2.4.
COMPONENTS OF PUBLIC HEALT
2.5.
SURVEY OF SOCIO-ECONOMIC ASPECT CULTURAL COMMUNITIES
AROUND THE LOCATION PROJECT PLANT
2.6.
TRAFFICT
2.7.
SAMPLING LOCATIONS
BAB III. FORECAST IMPORTANT IMPACT
3.1.
PRECONSTRUCTION ESTIMATED IMAGE ON STAGE
3.1.1.
Public Perception
3.2. ESTIMATED IMPACT ON STAGE CONSTRUCTION
3.2.1.
Employment and Bussines Opportunities
I-80
I-80
I-80
I-80
I-80
II- 1
II-1
II-3
II-3
II-3
II-3
II-4
II-4
II-4
II-5
II-9
II-9
II-11
II-11
II-13
II-14
II-16
II-16
II-19
II-29
II-29
II-29
II-30
II-30
II-30
II-33
II-35
II-36
II-36
II-37
II-40
II-40
II-41
II-42
II-44
II-45
II-48
III-1
III-1
III-1
III-1
III-1
iv
PT PLN (PERSERO)
3.2.2.
3.2.3.
3.2.4.
3.2.5.
3.2.6.
3.2.7.
3.2.8.
3.2.9.
3.2.10.
3.2.11.
3.2.12.
3.2.13.
3.3.
3.2.14.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Public Perception
Enveronmental Sanitation
Traffict Generation
Sea Traffict
Decrease Air Quality (Mobilition Material & Equipment)
Decrease Air Quality (Source Impact: Maturation of Land)
Noise
Healt Decrease (Source Impact Mobilization of Equipment and
Materials)
Water Runoff and Inundation (Impact of Land Cover Change and
Inreased Runoff)
Marine Water Quality Impairment and Biota Sea (Development
Impact Capacity Improvement Jetty Expansion)
Decreased Quality of Aquatic Biota
Disorders of the Operational Flight Safety Zone (KKOP)
Soekarno-Hatta (Chimney Development Impact)
Improvement of Land Biota (Impact Landscaping RTH and Park)
III-3
III-3
III-5
III-5
III-6
III-8
III-9
III-10
III-11
III-12
III-13
III-13
III-16
ESTIMATED IMPACT ON STAGE OPERATION
III-16
3.3.1.
Decrease Air Quality (Source Impact: Opeartion Power Plant Unit
# 4)
III-16
3.3.2.
Noise (Source Impact: Operation Power Plant Unit # 4)
III-20
3.3.3.
Decrease Marine Water Quality and Pond (source impacts: Operation
WWTP)
III-21
3.3.4.
Increased Sea Water Temperature (source impas: Cooling Water
Disposal: Waste Bahang)
III-22
3.3.5.
Decrease Air Quality of Acuatic Biota
III-27
3.3.6.
Employment Opportunities (Source Impact: Recruitment)
III-28
3.3.7.
Public Perceiption (Source Impact: Acceptance of Lanour)
III-29
3.3.8.
Healt of Decrease (Source Impact: Operation Power Plant Unit # 4)
III-30
3.3.9.
Flow Changes-Abration & Sedimentation (Source Impact: The
Existance of Jetty)
III-30
3.3.10. Decrease Water Quality/ Ground Water
III-32
BAB IV. HOLISTIC EVALUATION OF EVERONMENTAL IMPACT
4.1.
Significant Impact on Research Paper
4.2.
Research Paper As a Basis for Management
4.3.
Feasibility of Everonmental Considerations
BIBLIOGRAPGHY
ATTACHMENT
IV-1
IV-4
IV-5
V-1
v
PT PLN (PERSERO)
LIST OF TABLES
2015
PT PLN (PERSERO)
LIST OF TABLES
LIST OF TABLES
Table 1.1a.
Table 1.1b.
Table 1.2
Table 1.3.
Table 1.4a.
Table 1.4b.
Table 1.4c.
Table 1.5.
Table 1.6a.
Table 1.6b.
Table 1.7.
Table 1.8.
Table 1.9a.
Table 1.9b.
Table 1.9c.
Table 1.10.
Table 1.11.
Table 1.12.
Table 1.13.
Table 1.14.
Table 1.15.
Table 1.16.
Table 1.17.
Table 1.18.
Table 1.19.
Table 1.20.
Tabel 1.21.
Related Licensing of Development PLTU 3 Banten
Existence Land Use PLTU 3 Banten Existing and Development
Coal Consumption Development Unit #4 (300 – 400 MW)
Coal Yard Area for the Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW
Coal Specification of PLTU 3 Banten
HSD Characteristics Fuel
Characteristic and Dosage Chemical Use
Bioler Capacity and Main Parameters
Composition Of Coal Ash
Fly Ash Characteristics (% Weight)
Ash disposal Area Requirements form Four Ujnits Power Plant
Manpower Requirement Power Plant Construction Lontar Unit # 4
(1 x 300-400 MW)
Material Requirements Power Plant Construction Project Lontar
Unit # 4 (1 x 315 MW)
Type and Total of Heavy Equipment
Schedule Implementation of Construction Unit # 4 (1X300-400 MW)
Supplementary Estimates of Total Labor in power plant operations 3
Banten (4 x 315 MW)
Estimated Number Type of Ash
Chimney Power Plant Emissions Monitoring Period Quarter 4/2013
Opacity Monitoring Chimney Power Plant Period Quarter 4/2013
Waste Water Quality Testing Result Neutralizing Pond
Waste Water Quality Testing Result Blowdown Boiler
Liquid Waste Quality Testing Result Reusing Water
Liquid Waste Quality Testing Result Coal & Ash Stockpile
Waste Water Quality Testing Results Desalination
Waste Water Quality Testing Result Oily Water
Impact of Identification Matrix Development Unit #4
(1 x 300-400 MW) PLTU 3 Banten (3 x 315 MW)
Identification of Potential Impact On Pre-Construction
Stage Activity
Identification of Potential Impact On Stage Construction Activity
Identification of Potential Impact On Operation Stage Activity
Evaluation of Potential Impact On Pre-Construction Phase Activity
Evaluation of Potential Impact On Construction Stage Activity
Tabel 1.22.
Tabel 1.23.
Tabel 1.24.
Tabel 1.25.
Tabel 1.26. Evaluation of Potential Impact On Stage Activity Operations
Table 1.27. Summary of Significant Impact against Forecast Method Hypothetical
Development Unit #4 (1 x 300 – 400 MW)
Table 1.28 Summary of Scoping Process
Table 2.1.
Pond Water Quality Monitoring Result: December Quarter-1/2014
Table 2.2a. Ground Water Quality Monitoring Result (Well Monitor) March 2014
Table 2.2b. Frequency Distribution of Win Speed Average
Table 2.2c. Pond Water Quality Monitoring Results March 2014
Table 2.2d. Marine Water Quality Monitoring Result: March 2014
Table 2.3.
Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Result Plant
Table 2.4.
Noise Level Monitoring
Table 2.5a. Marine Plankton Analysis Result Quarter-1/2014
I-15
I-20
I-22
I-28
I-28
I-29
I-29
I-31
I-39
I-40
I-40
I-46
I-47
I-48
I-50
I-51
I-52
I-61
I-61
I-62
I-62
I-62
I-63
I-63
I-63
I-71
I-72
I-72
I-73
I-74
I-75
I-76
I-78
I-82
II-15
II-18
II-22
II-27
II-28
II-29
II-29
II-30
vi
PT PLN (PERSERO)
LIST OF TABLES
Table 2.5b.
Table 2.5c.
Table 2.6a.
Table 2.6b.
Table 2.6c.
Table 2.7.
Table 2.8.
Plankton Analysis Pond Quarter-1/2014
Recapitulation Analysis Quarter-1/2014
Result Analysis of Marine Benthos Quarter 1/2014
Benthos Analysis Pond Quarter-1/2014
Recapitulation Benthos Analysis Quarter-1/2014
Type Birds Diversity Analysis
Population, Gender and Population Density Ratio in District Kemiri,
Mauk, Sukadiri, Pakuhaji and Teluknaga
Table 2.9.
Population, Gender and Population Density Ratio in 7 village
Table 2.10. Number of Schools around District of Kemiri, Project Tread Tangerang,
Tangerang
Table 2.11. Total Medical, Paramedical and supporters at the health center Kemiri
Table 2.12. Number of Health Workers in Government & Private Health Facilities
in Tangerang
Table 2.13. Number of Medical Staff in Health Facilities around Tread Project,
Tangerang
Table 2.14. Ten Most Disease in Patients Outpatient in Tangerang District Hospital
Table 2.15a. The Road Traffic Volume Roads Connecting crackle-Kronjo,
Kronjo-Pecan and Mauk-Kronjo
Table2.15b. The amount Parameters For Speed Calculate Flow (V)
Linking Road Grantham-Kronjo, Kronjo-Pecan and Mauk-Kronjo
Table2.15c. The amount of QP/ C Ratio Line-Kronjo Grantham Road, KronjoPecan and Mauk-Kronjo
Table 2.15d. The amount of R / C Ratio Line-Kronjo Grantham Road,
Kronjo-Pecan and Mauk-Kronjo
Table 3.1.
Table 3.2.
Table 3.3.
Table 3.4.
Table 3.5.
Table 3.6.
Table 3.7
Table 3.8.
Table 3. 9.
Table 3.10.
Table 4.1
Tabel 4.2
Contributions Pollutants from Mobilization Activity Tools and
Materials
Noise Equipment In Various Distance
Technical Specifications Chimney Power Plant Unit # 4
Details Woke Land and Land Power Plant Open 3 Banten.
Factor Emissions from Coal Combustion
Technical Specification for Coal Burning PLTU Banten 3
Concentration Gas Emissions from Coal Combustion Chimney
Noise Forecast of Operating Power Plant 3 Banten
Forecasts Decrease Marine Water Quality at Power Plant Operations
Unit # 4
Comparison of Alternative Structures Coastal Security
SIGNIFICANT IMPACT EVALUATION MATRIX DEVELOPMENT
UNIT # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW) Power Plant 3 BANTEN (3 x 315 MW)
DEVELOPMENT DIRECTION OF SIGNIFICANT IMPACT MANAGEMENT
UNIT # 4 Power Plant (1 x 300-400 MW) PLTU 3 BANTEN (3 X 315
MW)
II-32
II-33
II-34
II-34
II-35
II-38
II-40
II-41
II-41
II-42
II-43
II-43
II-43
II-46
II-47
II-48
II-48
III-7
III-9
III-13
III-16
III-17
III-17
III-18
III-20
III-22
III-32
IV-2
IV-4
vii
PT PLN (PERSERO)
LIST OF FIGURES
2015
PT PLN (PERSERO)
LIST OF FIGURES
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure 1.1.
Figure 1.2.
Figure 1.3a.
Figure 1.3b.
Figure 1.3c.
Figure 1.4a.
Figure 1.4b.
Figure 1.4c.
Figure 1.4d.
Figure 1.4e.
Figure 1.4f.
Figure 1.4g.
Figure 1.5a.
Figure 1.5b.
Figure 1.6a.
Figure 1.6b.
Figure 1.7.
Figure 1.8.
Figure 1.9.
Figure 1.10a
Figure 1.10b.
Figure 1.11.
Figure 1.12.
Figure 2.1a.
Location Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) at PLTU Banten
3 (3 x 315 MW) Lontar village Pecan Sub-district District of
Tangerang
I-2
Location Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) in Banten power
plant 3 (3 x 315 MW) in RTRW Angering District
I-17
Site Plan 3 Banten power plant (3x315 MW) and Development
Area Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) Lontar village Pecan District of
Tangerang
I-19
PLTU Configuration Diagram
I-24
Flow Chart of Coal Handling
I-26
PLTU Banten 3 (3x315 MW) Existing Lontar village Kemiri Sub-
district District of Tangerang
I-20
PLTU Waste Processing Facility Banten 3 (3 x 315 MW) Existing
Lontar village Kemiri Sub-district District of Tangerang
I-21
Coal Handling Unit Development Diagram # 4 (1 x 300-400
MW)
Heat Balance Diagram
The Main Diagram and Reheat Steam Turbine Bypass
Air Circulation System Diagram Existing and Development Unit # 4
(1 x 0 -400 MW)
Water Supply System in Development Unit # 4
(1 x 300-400 MW)
Water Balance Diagram 3 Banten Existing Power Plant (3 x 315
MW) and the Development Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW)
Wastewater Flow Chart 3 Banten Existing Power Plant (3 x 315
MW) and the Development Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW)
Flow Chart of Bottom Ash Handling
Flowchart of Fly Ash Handling
CSR-LOLI (Lontar Care) Activities Free Medical and Health
Consultation in the Lontar village
Fishermen activity Around Jetty PLTU 3 Banten
Map Pattern Plan Tangerang Regency Room
Ponds near PLTU Lontar (3x315 MW) Lontar village Kemiri Subdistrict District of Tangerang
Condition of Embankment Land Use at Around the Site of PLTU
Lontar (3x35 MW), Lontar Village, Kemiri Subdistrict, Tanggerang
District
Flow Chart Scoping Process
Boundaries Study Area
Administration Map of Tangerang District
I-25
I-32
I-33
I-35
I-36
I-42
I-43
I-54
I-55
I-64
I-66
I-67
I-68
I-69
I-77
I-81
II-2
viii
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Figure 2.1b.
Figure 2.1c.
Figure 2.1d.
Figure 2.2.
Figure 2.3a.
Figure 2.3b.
Figure 2.4.
Figure 2.5a.
Figure 2.5b.
Figure 2.5c.
Figure 2.5d.
Figure 2.5e.
Figure 2.6.
Figure 2.7.
Figure 2.8.
LIST OF FIGURES
Map of Regions Regional Safety Flight Operations (KKOP) SoekarnoHatta Airport
II-6
Overlay KKOP with Building
II-8
Disruptive Potential Area Maps Flight Operations SoekarnoHatta Airport
Geological Maps Tangering District
Air temperature and amount of rainfall Tangerang Year 2008-
2010
Wind-rose Region PLTU Lontar 2002 -2012
Tangerang Hydrology Map
Flow Measurement Location
Direction and Velocity Flow
Frequency Distribution of Wind Class
Wave Measurement Result
Graph Tidal Power Plant Territory Lontar
Some Type of Marine Who Often Found
II-7
II-10
II-12
II-13
II-17
II-20
II-21
II-22
II-25
II-25
II-35
Diversity Flora Type and Vegetation in Plant Lontar
Types of Insects in PLTU Lontar
II-36
II-38
II-50
II-51
II-52
Figure 3.2
Map Location Sampling Air Quality and Noise
Map Location Sampling Surface Water Quality Pond
Map Location Sampling Sosekbud and Traffic Conditions
Position Height Chimney Power Plant against KKOP
Soekarno-Hatta Airport
Heat distributions on the Way to Retroactively
III-15
III-24
Figure 3.5.
Vector direction movement velocity tidal currents
III-26
Figure 2.9.
Figure 2.10a.
Figure 2.10b.
Figure 2.10c.
Figure 2.10d.
Figure 3.1.
Figure 3.3.
Figure 3.4.
Figure 3.6.
Figure 4.1.
Type of Reptiles, Birds around PLTU Lontar
Map Location Sampling Wastewater, Seawater and Marine Life
Flow velocity vector at low tide
Heat distribution on tidal conditions
Sea Water Temperature Distribution in Two Point Measure
Flowchart Evaluation Important Impact
II-39
II-49
III-25
III-25
III-26
IV-3
ix
PT PLN (PERSERO)
LIST OF ATTACHMENT
2015
PT PLN (PERSERO)
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Decree _ Governor of Banten Province NO. 670.27 / Kep.313-Huk / 2007 27 April 2007, Approval
of the environmental feasibility of the company's development plan for the activities of thermal
power (PLTU) 3 Banten capacity of 3 x 3 Banten (300-400) MW. and Transmission Line 150
kilovolt (Kv) of the Project Site to the substation (GI) Teluk Naga Tangerang Banten province to PT.
State Electricity Company (PLN) (Persero).
Letter BLHD Banten Province. NO. 660 / 41-131HD / II / 2014, February 2014 Subject: Follow-up
Referrals Environment Documents.
Letter Tangerang Regent No. 661/5591-DTRP / 2006 24 dated July 2006 on Recommendations for
the Land Uses Development Plan Coal PLTU in the Lontar Village, Kemiri District Tangerang.
Letter of the Minister of Forestry No. S.656 / Menhut-VII / 2006 dated October 2, 2006 on the use
of forest areas for construction of PLTU in Banten.
Letters Regent Tangerang, Tangerang Regent Decree No. 591/049 / PL.DTRP on November 16,
2006. Determination of Location Procurement of Land for Construction of PLTU 3 in Banten Village
/ Village Lontar and Karang Anyar Kemiri subdistrict Tangerang District.
Letters Regent Tangerang, Tangerang Regent Decree No. 654 / Kep. 633-DTRP / 2006 dated
November 17, 2006 on Space Utilization Permits.
Letter of Managing Director Perhutani office No. 532 / 044.3 / Kum / Dir of 30 November 2006 on
the use of forest areas of PT PLN (Persero).
National Air Defense Command Letter No. B/1219-09/02/03/Kohanudmas date December 11 2006
about PLTU Recommendation Construction
Letter Head Fisheries and Marine of Tangerang District No. 523/45-Dis/PK date January 24 2007 on
PLTU Development Recommendation 3 Banten
Letter of the Director General of Civil Aviation No. AU.929/DTBU.129/II/2007 date February 14 2007
about PLTU 3 Banten Development Plan Includes 150 kV Transmission Around Soekarno-Hatta
International Airport
Letter of the Minister of Forestry No. S.574/MENHUT-VII/2007 date September 3 2007 of Principle
Approval Forest Area For Coal Unloading Facility Development, Intake, Outlet and Covering an area of
22 ha Conveyor Coal in PLTU Development Framework 3 Banten's. PT PLN (Persero) which is located in
Banten province
Letter of the Minister of Forestry No. SK.343/Menhut-II/2008 date September 18 2008 Dispensation of
Forest Area Use Permit Covering 21.54 (Twenty-One and Fifty Four percentile) Acres for Coal Unloading
Facility Development, Intake, Outlets and Conveyor Coal PLTU Development in the Context of 3 Banten
on Behalf of PT PLN (Persero) which is located in Forest Group Mauk Kemiri, Swath 2, RPH Mauk, BKPH
Tangerang, KPH Bogor, Lontar Village, Kemiri Sub-district, Tangerang District, Banten Province
Rekomendasi Dinas Perhubungan, Komunikasi dan Informatika No. 30/DHKI/XII/2014, tanggal 30
Desember 2014 tentang Analisis Dampak Lalu Lintas
Daftar Hadir Sosialisasi danBerita Acara Sosialisasi Warga No. 802.BA/121/UIP/VIII/2014 tgl. 20
Agustus 2014.
x
PT PLN (PERSERO)
CHAPTER I
INTRODUCTION
2015
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTIONS
BAB I
INTRODUCTIONS
1.1. BACKGROUND
Steam Power (power plant) Banten 3 (3 x 315 MW) was inaugurated by President
Susilo Bambang Yudhoyono on January 28, 2011 has been able to supply the area of
Jakarta. This is in line with the operation of the two Circuit Air Channel High Voltage
(SUTT) 150 kV Lontar –New Tangerang.
In an effort to support the growth of economic activity in Java-Bali, the Indonesian
Government to accelerate infrastructure development in various fields including
electrical energy sector. Development of Power System Interconnection is necessary to
anticipate the needs of electrical energy that is increasing every year. It is estimated
approximately 52% from total electricity production of Java-Bali by public
consumptions and industrial activities in the area of Jakarta and Banten.
In order to meet the needs of electrical energy to support regional economic growth
and the adequacy of electricity supply in DKI Jakarta and Banten Province, and in line
with “Electrical Power Supply Effort Plan (RUPTL) year 2012”, so PT PLN (Persero)
have a plan to build Lontar Unit 4 (Coal Fired Steam Power Plant) capacity 1 x 300-400
MW which is the development of a Power Plant 3 Banten existing current/existing
capacity of 3x315 MW.
Unit 4 Power Plant development plan (1 x 300-400MW) located on the east side of the
plant area of Banten 3 (3 x 315 MW) existing within a starch the land about 20 ha,
which is administered in the Lontar village. Kemiri District, Tangerang-Banten.
Within the realizations Lontar Plant to the Power Plant’s unit 4 Lontar (Banten power
plant 3) as a whole will be able to supply electrical energy through a 150 kV
transmission of electrical energy to serve the needs of people and industries in Jakarta
and Banten.
I-1
ADDENDUM EIA, PLAN DEVELOPMENT UNIT 4 (300 – 400 MW) PLTU 3 BANTEN (3 X 315MW)
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTIONS
TAMPAK DARI SISI DARAT
TAMPAK DARI SISI LAUT
Figure 1.1. Location Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) at PLTU Banten 3 (3 x 315 MW) Lontar village Pecan Sub-district District of Tangerang
I-2
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Plant operational activities Lontar existing PLTU, management based on the
recommendations
of
the
Environment
Impact
Assessment,
Environmental
Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Plan (ANDAL, RKL, RPL) Plant
Project Development plan Lontar power plant that has been approved in 2007 by the
Governor of Banten province as stated in Banten Governor Decree No. 670.27 /
Kep.313-Huk / 2007.(Attachment 1.1)
The addition of additional development activity plan generation (1 x 300-400 MW)
power plant Unit 4 Lontar in the area Lontar power plant (3 x 315 MW) consisting of
Units 1, 2, and 3, it will Revised AMDAL, AMDAL of document Lontar plant (3 x 315
MW) which has been approved (Banten Governor Decree No. 670.27 / Kep.313-Huk /
2007).
This is a form of Revised AMDAL Addendum, RKL-RPL in accordance with the
terminology used in the Government Regulation No. 27 of 2012 on Environmental
Permits. So the title of this Environmental Documents become "Addendum to the
AMDAL, RKL-RPL Lontar Power Plant Development Unit 4 (1 x 300-400 MW), which
will review all existing power plant activities and action plans with supporting facilities
in the plant area Lontar.
Article 50 of Government Regulation No. 27 of 2012 on Environmental Permits:
(1) Responsible for business and / or activity shall apply for change of Environmental
Permit, if the business and / or activities that have obtained the Environmental
Permit is planned to be changed.
(2) Change of Business and / or activities referred to in paragraph (1) shall include :
a. Business ownership changes and / or Activity ;
b. Change management and environmental monitoring ;
c. Changes that affect the living environment that meets the criteria :
1.
Changes in the use of the tools of production that affect the environment;
3.
The changes in technical specifications that affect the environment;
2.
4.
5.
6.
7.
The additional production capacity;
The change means business and / or activity;
land expansion and business building and / or Activity;
change the time or duration of business operations and / or activities;
Business and / or activities in the region that have not been included in the
Environmental Permit;
I-3
PT PLN (PERSERO)
8.
9.
Changes in government policies aimed in order to improve the protection
and management of the environment; and / or
There were changes in the environment that is very fundamental due to
natural causes or due to other causes, before and at the time of Business
and / or the relevant activities carried out;
d. There is a change impact and / or risk to the environment based on the study of
environmental risk analysis and / or environmental audits are required; and /
or
e. Non-performance business plan and / or activities within a period of 3 (three)
years since the publication of Environmental Permits.
(3) Before applying for a change of Environmental Permit as referred to in paragraph
(2) c, d, and e, in charge of Business and / or activities required to apply for a
change of Environment Eligibility Decision or recommendation UKL-UPL.
(4) Publishing Environmental changes Eligibility Decisions made through:
a. preparation and assessment of new Amdal documents; or
b. delivery and assessment of the addendum Andal and RKL-RPL.
ANDAL Addendum study approach, RKL-RPL to be used is an integrated Amdal is an
analysis of the environmental impacts that occur during plant development activity
plan PLTU Lontar Unit 4 together with the influence of the operational activities of the
existing power plant Lontar units 1, 2 and 3.
Study Results ANDAL Addendum, RKL-RPL activity plan PLTU Lontar development
Unit 4 will be assessed by the Audit Commission for Amdal (KPA) Banten, it refers to
the results of Amdal Study PLTU Lontar Units 1, 2 and 3 were assessed by the Audit
Commission of Amdal (KPA) Banten Province in 2007 and by the Decree of the
Governor of Banten No. 670.27 / Kep.313-Huk / 2007.
1.1.1. Company Vision And Mission
Being a Parent Unit Development trusted with human potentials in order to support the
Corporate vision to become a world-class company, subsidy-free, profitable and
environmentally friendly.
Mission:
1. Ensure timely completion of the project, the right quality and cost effective.
2. Building a culture of superior project management, efficient and reliable based on
the values of THERMAL.
3. Ensure the development of environmentally friendly thermal power plant
I-4
PT PLN (PERSERO)
1.1.2
Objectives and Action Plan Benefits
a. Purpose Planned Activities
1)
2)
3)
To build a steam power plant units (PLTU) additional 1 x 300-400 MW
capacity at existing locations in the location field Lontar power plant Units
1,2, and 3 (PLTU Banten 3).
To produce electrical energy to be channeled through the Java-Bali
interconnection system that already exists.
In order to meet the "Electricity Supply Business Plan (RUPTL) years 20122021".
b. Benefits of Planned Activities
1)
2)
Increase the availability of the national electrical energy.
Increase the supply of electric energy services to the community in DKI
Jakarta and Banten Province.
1.1.3. Regulations and Legislation
Study Addendum Reliable and RKL-RPL is implemented based on the laws and
regulations applicable In the hierarchy of rules and regulations there are :
1)
01.
02.
Constitution
Law of the Republic of Indonesia Number 5 of 1960, on the Basic Regulation of
Agrarian, as a reference in the utilization and use of land for construction
activities
Law of the Republic of Indonesia Number 5 of 1990, on the Conservation of
Natural Resources and Ecosystems, as a reference in the use of natural
resources and taking into account handling and maintaining the balance of the
03.
04.
existing ecosystem.
Law No. 5 of 1992 on Heritage Objects. As a reference in the understanding of
cultural heritage objects.
Law No. 13 of 2003 on Labour as a benchmark for local employment in the
constructionUndang-Undang Republik Indonesia Nomor 7 Tahun 2004, on
Water Resources, as a reference in the utilization of water resources for the
needs of activities development
I-5
PT PLN (PERSERO)
05.
Law of the Republic of Indonesia Number 32 Year 2004 on Regional
06.
Law of the Republic of Indonesia Number 33 of 2004, on Fiscal Balance
07.
08.
09.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
2)
Government, as a reference in the management and supervisory authority in
the area of environmental
between Central and Local, as a reference in order to increase the contribution
of corporate taxes Regional Original Revenue
Act No. 38 of 2004 on the road. As a reference in the use of road facilities.
Act No. 24 of 2007 on Disaster Management. As a reference in security systems
and disaster prevention.
Act No. 26 of 2007, regarding spatial planning, spatial planning law is the legal
protection in the structuring and management of space in Indonesia, so plan
development activities
Law of the Republic of Indonesia Number 40 Year 2007 on Limited Liability
Company, as a reference in power plant operations.
Act No. 17 of 2008 on the voyage. As a reference and a referrals in
understanding the cruise
Act No. 18 of 2008, Waste Management, as a reference in the waste
management system in power plant development.
Act No. 22 of 2009 on Road Traffic and Road Transport. In the implementation
of development activities
Act No. 30 of 2009 on Electricity. As a reference in resource utilization and
provision of electrical energy.
Law of the Republic of Indonesia Number 32 of 2009 on the Protection and
Management of the Environment, as a reference in environmental management
in and around the location of the power plant construction activities.
Law of the Republic of Indonesia -undang 36 of 2009 on Health, as a reference in
the management of health in and around the location of activities, that every
citizen has equal rights in obtaining health status.
Government Regulations
01. Government Regulation No. 14 of 1993 on the Implementation of the Social
Security program, as amended by Regulation No. 84 Year 2010. As a reference in
the protection of workers.
02. Government Regulation No. 24 of 1997 on Land Registration. As a reference in
land registration.
I-6
PT PLN (PERSERO)
03. Government Regulation No. 41 of 1999 on Air Pollution Control. As a technical
reference in environmental management of air quality as a result of PLTU
construction activities
04. Government Regulation No. 85 of 1999 on the Amendment of the Government
Regulation No. 18 of 1999 on Management of Hazardous and Toxic Waste (B3).
As a technical reference in the management of B3 waste from the PLTU
activities.
05. Government Regulation No. 82 of 2001 on Water Quality Management and
Water Pollution Control, as a technical reference for the environmental
management of water quality as a result of PLTU activity.
06. Government Regulation No. 63 of 2002 on Forest City, This regulation is used in
relation to the development of open green space in the area of plant.
07. Government Regulation No. 16 of 2004 on The administration of the Land, as a
reference in structuring the land.
08. Government Regulation No. 34 of 2006 on the road. As a reference in the use of
the road.
09. The Indonesian Government Regulation No. 38 of 2007 on Government Affairs
Division of the Government, Provincial Governments and Local Government
District / City, For guidance in this document assessment authority.
10. Regulation of the Government of the Republic of Indonesia No. 41 of 2007 on the
Organization of the Region. As a guide to understanding the regional
organizations.
11. Peraturan Pemerintah No. 26 Tahun 2008 tentang Rencana Tata Ruang Wilayah
Nasional. Sebagai acuan dalam melakukan pemanfaatan lahan.
12. Government Regulation No. 42/2008 on the Management of Water Resources.
As a reference in the management of water resources.
13. Government Regulation No. 43 Year 2008 on Groundwater. As a reference in the
management and utilization of ground water.
14. Government Regulation No. 61 Year 2009 concerning Port. As a reference in
terminal operations for its own purposes (Tuks).
I-7
PT PLN (PERSERO)
15. Government Regulation No. 32 of 2011 on Management and Engineering,
Analysis of Impact, serta Manajemen Kebutuhan Lalu Lintas. As a reference in
management and engineering analysis of the impact and traffic management.
16. 16. Government Regulation No. 38 of 2011 on the river. As a reference in the
management and use of the river.
17. Government Regulation No. 14 of 2012 on the provision of Electric Power
Operations.
18. The Indonesian Government Regulation No. 27 of 2012 on Environmental
3)
Permits, For guidance in the preparation of this document.
Decision and Regulation of the President
01. Presidential Decree No. 32 of 1990 on the Management of Protected Areas. As a
reference in understanding the local conservation of protected areas.
02. Presidential Decree No. 33 of 1991 on the Use of Land for Industrial Area. As a
reference in the use of industrial land
03. Presidential Regulation No. 48 Year 2011 on the Amendment of Presidential Decree
No. 4 of 2010 On Assignment to PT PLN (Persero) to do Accelerate Development of
4)
Power Plant Using Renewable Energy, Coal, and Gas.
Rules and Decree of the Minister of the Environment
01. Decree of the Minister of Environment No. KEP-48 / MENLH / 11/1996 on
Standard of Noise Level, as a technical reference in environmental management
at the level of noise that occurs as a result of plant activity.
02. Decree of the Minister of Environment No. 49 of 1996 on Standards of Vibration
Levels. As a reference in the management of vibration levels.
03. Decree of the Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency No. 50 of
1996 concerning the smell. As a reference in the management of smell.
04. The decision of the Minister of Environment No. 41 of 2000 on Guidelines for the
Establishment of the Audit Commission and the Regional AMDAL as a reference
center of governance assessment Terms of Reference document, Andal, RKLRPL.
I-8
PT PLN (PERSERO)
05. Decree of the Minister of Environment No. 37 of 2003 on the Method of Surface
Water Quality Analysis and Sampling of Surface Water as a technical reference in
determining the surface water quality analysis
06. Decree of the Minister of Environment No. 110 of 2003 on the Establishment of
Load Capacity of Water Pollution in Water Resources as a technical reference for
setting water pollution load capacity.
07. Decree of the Minister of Environment No. 112 of 2003 on Domestic Wastewater
Quality Standard. As a reference standard quality of waste water from these
activities.
08. The decision of the Minister of Environment No. 114 of 2003 on Guidelines for
Assessment of Water Wastewater Disposal. As reference wastewater disposal
09. Decree of the Minister of Environment No. 115 of 2003 on the Status of Water
Quality Guidelines for determination as a reference to determine the status of
water quality.
10. Decree of the Minister of Environment No. 142 of 2003 on the Amendment of the
Environment Decree No. 111 of 2003 on Guidelines for the Licensing
Requirements and Procedures and Guidelines for Water Wastewater Disposal
Assessment as a technical reference liquid waste disposal.
11. Decree of the Minister of Environment No. 51 of 2004 on Marine Water Quality
Standards.
12. Decree of the Minister of Environment No. 45 Year 2005 on Guidelines for
Preparation of the Report of the RKL / RPL as a guideline prepared a report on
the implementation of the RKL / RPL.
13. Regulation of the Minister of Environment No. 12 of 2006 on Requirements and
Guidelines for Liquid Waste Disposal Sea as a baseline assessment Wastewater
Disposal Sea.
14. Regulation of the Minister of Environment No. 21 of 2008 on Standards of
Quality Stationary Source Emissions for business and / or activities Thermal
Power Plant.
15. Regulation of the Minister of Environment No. 08 of 2009 on Waste Management
power plant. As a reference standard in the quality of waste management plant.
16. Regulation of the Minister of Environment No. 12 of 2009, concerning the
utilization of rainwater, as a technical reference in rainwater utilization.
I-9
PT PLN (PERSERO)
17. Regulation of the Minister of Environment, No. 05 of 2012, on the Line of
Business and / or activities that must have the Environmental Impact
Assessment, as a technical reference in determining the scope of the
environmental assessment or not classified as essential impact.
18. Regulation of the Minister of Environment No. 16 of 2012, concerning
Environmental Guidelines for Preparation of Documents, as a technical reference in
determining the scope of the feasibility study of the environmental consequences of
their activities and guidance in the preparation of ANDAL Addendum document,
RKL-RPK this.
19) Regulation of the Minister of Environment No. 17 of 2012, concerning public
participation in the process of Analysis Impact Assessment and Environmental
Permits, as a technical reference in determining the scope of the study of public
5)
input related to the power plant construction activities.
Decree of Bapedal Head
01. Decree of the Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency Number: 255 /
BAPEDAL / 08/1996, on Procedures and Requirements Storage and Collection of
Used Lubricating Oils. As a reference in the handling of used oil.
02. Decree of the Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency No. 299 /
BAPEDAL / 11/1996, Technical Guidelines on the Assessment of Social Aspects
in the preparation of the Environmental Impact Assessment, as a technical
reference in determining the scope of the social aspects as a result of power
plant construction activities.
03. Decree of the Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency Kep No.
124/12/1997, Aspects of Public Health study guide in preparation of the
Environmental Impact Assessment, as a technical reference in determining the
6)
scope of the public health aspects as a result of PLTU construction activities.
Decision and Regulation of the Minister of Health
01. Regulation of the Minister of Health of the Republic of Indonesia 416 / Menkes / Per /
IX / 1990 concerning requirements Water Quality Monitoring, as a reference
standard in the quality of ground water quality environmental management.
02. Decree of the Minister of Health No. 876 / Menkes / SK / VIII / 2001 on Technical
Guidelines for Environmental Health Impact Assessment. As a reference in
determining the environmental health impact analysis.
I - 10
PT PLN (PERSERO)
03. Decree of the Minister of Health No. 1405 / Menkes / SK / VI / 2002 Job
Requirements Environmental Health Office and Industrial. As a reference in
7)
determining safe for health conditions in offices and industrial.
Decree and Decision of the Minister of Public Works
01. Regulation of the Minister of Public Works No. 63 of 1993 on line Sempa and the
River, River Regional Benefits, Regional Safety And Former River Road. As a
reference determines the boundary line of the river, the area benefits of the river,
the river and the former regional road safety.
02. Decree of the Minister of PU No. 17 / Kpts / 2004 on the production wells
Infiltration As a reference in making infiltration wells.
03. Regulation of the Minister of PU No. 29 / PRT / M / 2006 on the guidelines for
the technical requirements of the building. As a technical reference building.
04. Regulation of the Minister of PU No. 30 / PRT / M / 2006 on Technical
Guidelines and accessibility Facilities In Building and Environment. As a
technical reference facilities and accessibility in buildings and environment.
05. Regulation of the Minister of PU No. 05 / PRT / M / 2008 on Guidelines for the
Provision and Use of Green Open Space in Urban Area. As a reference in the
supply and utilization of green open spaces in urban areas.
06. Regulation of the Minister of Public Works (permen of PU ) No. 26 / PRT / M2008 (Substitute of PU the Ministerial Decree No. 10 / KPTS / 2000) on the
Technical Requirements Security Against Fire Hazards in Buildings and
Environment. This decision as a technical reference in the application of fire
safety in the building at the project site and surrounding environment.
07. Regulation of the Minister of PU No. 20 / PRT / M / 2009 on Technical
Guidelines for Fire Management in Urban. As a reference in the management of
fire-fighting in urban.
08. Regulation of the Minister of Public Works (Permen of PU _) No. 22 / PRT / M-
2009 (replacement for Permen of PU the Ministerial Decree No. 11 / KPTS /
2000) on the Technical Requirements fire prevention in Urban Management.
This decision as a reference in the application of fire prevention management at
the project site.
I - 11
PT PLN (PERSERO)
8)
Decree and Regulation of the Minister of Home Affair
01. Decree of the Minister of Home Affairs Number 12 of 2002 on Value Acquisition
Water used for State Owned Enterprises, Regional Owned Enterprises that gives
public services, Mining Natural Gas as amended by Decree of the Minister of
Home Affairs No. 93 of 2003.
02. Regulation of the Minister of Home Affairs No. 1 of 2007 on the arrangement of
green open spaces of urban areas. As a reference in the arrangement of the
green open spaces of urban areas.
03. Regulation of the Minister of Home Affairs Number 33 Year 2010 on Guidelines
9)
for Waste Management, as a reference in the management of urban waste.
Decision and Regulation of the Minister of Energy and Mineral Resources
01. Decree of the Minister of Energy and Mineral Resources No. 1451.K / 10.MEM /
2000 on Technical Guidelines for the Implementation of Task Government in
Ground Water Management Division;
02. Decree of the Minister of Energy and Mineral Resources No. 1451.K / 10.MEM /
2000 on technical guidelines for the determination of the acquisition water of
Utilization of Ground Water in the Tax Calculation of Ground Water Utilization;
03. Decree of the Minister of Energy and Mineral Resources No. 2682 K / 21 / MEM
/ 2008 on General Plan of National Electricity.
04. Decree of the Minister of Energy and Mineral Resources No. 2026 K / 20 / MEM
/ 2010 on the Ratification of the Electricity Supply Business Plan PT PLN
(Persero) Year 2010-2019.
05. Regulation of the Minister of Energy and Mineral Resources No. 14 of 2012 on
Energy Management;
10) Decision and Regulation of the Minister of Transportation
0.1 Decree of the Minister of Transportation No. KM 66 of 1993 on Public Parking
Facilities. As a reference count common area parking facilities.
0.2 Decree of the Minister of Transportation No. KM 4 1994 on on procedures for
vehicle parking of motor vehicles on the road. As a reference procedure for
parking in the study area.
0.3 Decision minister of transport No. 51 of 2011 on about the specific terminal and
a special terminal for its own sake. As a reference coal terminal operations.
I - 12
PT PLN (PERSERO)
11) Decision and Regulation of the Minister of Manpower and Transmigration
01. Regulation of the Minister of Manpower and Transmigration No. 04 / MEN / Per
/ 1980 on Light Fire extinguisher. As a reference in the use of a fire extinguisher
(APAR).
02. Regulation of the Minister of Manpower and Transmigration No. 13 / Men / X /
2011 on the Threshold Limit Values for Physical and Chemical Factors in the
Workplace.
12) Provincial Regulation of Banten
01. Local Regulation No. 4 of 2002 on Tax Collection and Utilization of Ground Water
and Surface Water. As a reference in the management of underground water.
02. Local Regulation No. 51 of 2002 on about the impact of environmental control.
as a reference in the management and monitoring of living environments.
03. Local Regulation No. 8 of 2003 on the development of water utilization. as a
reference in the management of water resources.
04. Local Regulation No. 9 of 2003 on about the master plan for water resources
management Banten Province. as a reference in penggelolaan water resources.
05. Banten Provincial Regulation No. 2 of 2011 on spatial planning Banten province
tahin 2010-2030. As a reference in the use of space and land in the area of PT
ASC.
06. Banten Provincial Regulation No. 8 of 2011 on Waste Management. As a
reference in waste management.
13) Regulation of Tangerang regency
01. Tangerang District Regulation No. 11 of 1999 on the Prevention and Control of
Environmental Pollution.
02. Tangerang District Regulation No. 15 Year 2004 on Liquid Waste Disposal
Permit.
03. Tangerang District Regulation No. 02 Year 2010 About Monitoring and
Environmental Control.
04. Tangerang District Regulation No. 3 Year 2010 About the The Management of
River and Drainage.
05. Tangerang District Regulation No. 13 Year 2011 on Regional Spatial Plan
Tangerang District in 2011 -2031.
06. Tangerang District Regulation No. 15 Year 2011 on Social Responsibility and
Corporate Environment.
I - 13
PT PLN (PERSERO)
14) Regulation and Decisions Regent Tangerang
01. Tangerang Regent Decision No. 545 / SK.03.a.Perek / 1993 on the allotment
Water, water quality and water quality standard requirements that can be
disposed on the body of the district water bodies tanggerang.
02. Tangerang Regent Regulation No.7 of 2011 on Technical Guidelines for the Implementation
of Tax Collection Groundwater.
03. Tangerang Regent Regulation No. 15 Year 2011 on the Amendment of Regulation
Tangerang Regent No. 20 Year 2009 on the Implementation Guidelines
Tangerang District Regulation No. 11 Year 2006 on Land Use Permit.
15) Etc
01. Decision of the General Land Transport No. 272.HK.105 / DRJD / 1996 on
Technical Guidelines for the Implementation of parking facilities. predicts
parking facilities in the study area. This decision as a technical reference
counting of parking capacity.
02. The decision of the Director General of Communicable Disease Control and
Environmental Health Settlements (Dirjen PPM and PLP) Ministry of Health No.
281 - II / PD.03.04.LP October 30, 1989 on Health Requirements for Waste
1.2
Management as a reference health requirements on waste management.
IDENTITY OF INITIATOR
AND COMPOSERS
ANDENDUM/ANDAL, RKL/RPL
REPORT
1. Identity of Initiator
Company Name
:
PT Perusahaan Listrik Negara (Persero)
Type of Legal Entity
:
Persero
Company Address
:
Phone Number
:
Business Fields
:
Fax number.
SK AMDAL
Responsible Person
:
:
:
Parent Unit VIII Development
Lontar Village Kemiri Sub-district
Districts Tangerang of Banten
(021) 36651213
(021) 36651214
Steam Power Plant (PLTU)
670.27/Kep.313-Huk/2007
Wiluyo Kusdwiharto
I - 14
PT PLN (PERSERO)
2. Composers Andendum Andal, RKL-RPL
Name of Institution
:
PT Perusahaan Listrik Negara (Persero)
Responsible Person
:
Wiluyo Kusdwiharto
Position
:
Parent Unit VIII Development
General Manager
3. Drafting Team ANDAL, RKL-RPL
Chairman of the Team
:
Ir. Syafrisal Amsar (AMDAL A; B; KTPA)
Physical-Chemical Expert Air
:
Drs. Toto YP Irianto MSi (AMDAL A; B)
Vice Chairman of Team
:
Experts Physical-Chemical Water :
Expert Hidrooseanografi
:
Expert Sosekbud
:
Biologist
Public Health experts
:
:
Ir Nanang Kartiwan (AMDAL A; B; KTPA)
Ir. Ermay Lasari. ( AMDAL B/KTPA)
Ir. Syafrisal Amsar (AMDAL A; B; KTPA)
Drs. Yadi Priyadi, MSi (AMDAL A; ATPA)
Saleh Abas, SS, Msi (AMDAL A; B)
Dr. Sarifah Salmah, SKM, MSi
1.3 RELATED LICENSING
Related permits determination of the location of power plant 3 Banten (MW) Lontar
included in Table 1.1a. below (Appendix 1.1).
Table1.1a. Related Licensing Development PLTU 3 Banten
No.
Number and Date of License
Which Eject Permits
1
No. 670.27/Kep.313-Huk/2007
27 April 2007
Governor of Banten
2
N0. 660/41-131HD/II/2014
February 2014
No. 661/5591-DTRP/2006
3
24 July 2006
BLHD Banten Province
Tangerang Regent
As Regards
Granting approval for the environmental
feasibility of the company's development
plan activities steam power (MW)
capacity of 3 x 3 Banten (300-400) MW
and Transmission Line 150 kilovolt (Kv)
of the Project Site to the substation (GI)
Teluk Naga Tangerang Banten province
to PT. Perusahaan Listrik Negara (PLN)
(Persero)
Follow-up
Tutorial
Environment
Documents
Recommendations for the Land Use
Development Plan Coal PLTU in the
village of Lontar District of Kemiri
Tangerang
I - 15
PT PLN (PERSERO)
4
5
No. S.656/Menhut-VII/2006
12 October 2006
Tangerang Regent decision No.
591/049/PL.DTRP
16 November 2006
10
Tangerang Regent decision No.
654/Kep. 633-DTRP/2006
17 November 2006
No. 532/044.3/Kum/Dir
30 November 2006
B/1219-09/02/03/Kohanudmas
11 December 2006
523/45-Dis/PK
24 January 2007
AU.929/DTBU.129/II/2007
11
No. S.574/MENHUT-VII/2007
6
7
8
9
14 February 2007
Minister of Forestry
Tangerang Regent
Tangerang Regent
Director
of
Perum
Perhutani
Commander
Kohanudmas
Head of Fisheries and
Marine Tangerang
Director General of Civil
Aviation
Minister of Forestry
3 September 2007
No. SK.343/Menhut-II/2008
Use of forest areas for development PLTU
in Banten Province
Location
Determination
Land
Procurement for development 3 PLTU in
Banten Village / Village Lontar and
Karang Anyar District of Kemiri
Tangerang
Land Use Permits
Use of forest areas of PT PLN (Persero)
PLTU development Recommendations
recommendation PLTU development 3
Banten
PLTU Development Plan 3 Banten
Includes 150 kV transmission Around
Soekarno-Hatta International Airport
Principle Approval for Use of forest areas,
Coal Unloading Facility Development,
Intake, Outlet and Coal Conveyor
Covering an area of 22 ha in the Context
of development PLTU 3 Banten's . PT PLN
(Persero) which is located in Banten
Province
1.2. SUITABILITY LOCATION PLAN BUSINESS AND / OR ACTIVITY WITH SPATIAL
PLAN AREA (RTRW)
Lontar PLTU activities included into the energy network system development plan, in
accordance with the Regional Spatial Plan (RTRW) Banten Province from 2010 to 2030
(Regulation Banten Province No. 2 of 2011, where at of Article 29 c .: the development of
steam power plant or PLTU 3 Lontar Tangerang with a capacity of 300 s / d 400 MW.
In the District Regional Spatial Plan (RTRW) Tangerang Year 2011-2031 (Regulation
No. 13 of 2011), PLTU Lontar included in strategic areas in Tangerang, which is located
in the village of Lontar District of Kemiri (Pictures 1.2); classification based on the
strategic area of economic growth and the environment with the main activities of the
power plant to Banten Province and Jakarta.
I - 16
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTIONS
Figure 1.2. Location of Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) at PLTU Banten 3 (3 x 315 MW) on RTRW of Angering District
I - 17
PT PLN (PERSERO)
1.5
DESCRIPTION OF ACTIVITY
PLTU BANTEN 3 (3X315 MW) AND PLAN
DEVELOPMENT UNIT # 4 (300-400 MW)
The activities conducted in the operational phase generator power plant Banten 3 (3 x
315 MW) is the existing: 1) demolition of coal, 2) the mobilization of labor, 3) the
burning of coal, 4) the operation of generating units, 5) operation of the jetty and
1.5.1
means inflows barge, and 6) wastewater management.
Existing plant configuration
Generating Activity PLTU Banten 3 (3 x 315 MW) located in the Lontar village, Kemiri
sub-district, Tangerang, Banten province. Generating Activity Lontar power plant
aims to produce electrical energy with a capacity of 3 x 315 MW. The production of
electric energy generator power plant Lontar is distributed to the Java-Bali system
with 150 KV transmission along the ± 22 km towards Teluk Naga substation and ± 22
km towards the substation New Tangerang.
Tread activities PLTU Banten generator 3 (3 x 315 MW) existing (Figure 1.3)
occupies an area of 116.5 ha ± consisting of:
90 ha of the land tread of the existing plant, including land development area
4,5 ha of access road
22 ha of water intake channel and channel waste heat.
1.5.2 Configuring the Development Plan Unit # 4 (300 -400 MW)
Lontar Power Plant Development Unit # 4 (300 - 400MW) will be built on the east
side of the plant Lontar (3 x 315 MW) Existing). The land area required the
development of approximately 16.5 ha. Completeness of building a power house, BOP
facilities, land hoarding coal (coal yard area) and expansion of the jetty will be built
in this area.
Lontar Power Plant Development Unit # 4 will optimize existing units taking into
account the existing design data unit. Some of the equipment that will be added to the
PLTU Lontar Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) and will utilize the existing units,
includes:
Coal handling system including dock extending and modifying the conveyor belt to
the coal bunker.
Ash disposal area (ash disposal) Existing enough to save the ash generated by the
existing power plants and new plants Unit # 4.
Cooling water pump will be located alongside the existing unit and using the
intake / existing intake and discharge channel
I - 18
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Side Development Unit 4 (1 x
315 MW)
Additional land to be
used in the Power plant area
Figure1.3a. Site Plant PLTU 3 Banten (3x315 MW) at Development Location Unit # 4 (300-400 MW)
Lontar village, Kemiri Sub-district, Tangerang District
I - 19
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Table 1.1b. Extensive land use plant 3 Banten Existing and Development
No.
Description of Land Use
Large (ha)
1
Power House
1,13
4
ESP
1,8
2
3
5
6
7
8
9
Center Control Room
Boiler
Chimney & Draft Fan
Coal Handling Facilities
CW System
WTP & WWTP
Others (Utilities)
Information
0,32
2,385
0,45
26,776
16,63
0,868
8,254
58,613
50,31%
57,89
49,69%
Existing Total Land Area
116,503
100%
Addition Land Development Unit # 4
16,500
Total land area after development
116,503
After Waking Land Development Unit # 4
75,113
56,47%
Green Open Space after Development
57,89
43,53%
Lahan Terbangun (existing)
Green Open Space (existing)
Source: Dok. ANDAL, 2007 and FS Development Unit #4 (300 - 400 MW), 2012.
Figure 1.3b. PLTU 3 Banten (3x315 MW) Existing of Lontar village, Kemiri Sub-district, Tangerang District
I - 20
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Figure 1.3c. Power Plant Waste Processing Facility 3 Banten (3 x 315 MW) Existing
Lontar village Kemiri District of Tangerang
I - 21
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Configuring power plant on Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) will be selected in
such a way, in order to have power plants with high reliability, availability, capability,
capacity factors, environmental and plant performance and minimum electricity
price and financing will be provided. The main configuration in coal-fired power
plant, consisting of the following main system:
Turbine & Auxiliaries;
Generator & Auxiliaries;
Steam Generator (Boiler) & Auxiliaries;
Cooling Water System;
Coal Handling and Ash Handling System;
Balance Of Plant (BOP)
Plant Water System and Waste Water Treatment System
Power Transformer
Substation
Plant Electrical System
Control & Instrumentation System
Civil & Architectural.
1.5.3. PLTU Component Layout
1.5.3.1.
Coal Fuel System
a. Coal Consumptions
PLN plans to build some new equipment for coal handling system and new
equipment for ash handling system for Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW). For this
purpose, it will be necessary to estimate the coal consumption of the new power
plant.
Coal consumption for Development Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW) is calculated from the
results of Simulation "Gate Cycle". From the simulation results can be obtained
estimates of coal consumption for four power generation units as shown in Table 1.2
below.
Table 1.2 Consumption of Coal Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW)
Power Plant Units
Development Unit #4
Source: FS Development Unit #4 (300 – 400 MW).
Coal consumption
Per hour Per
day
(ton/h)
(ton/day)
171,1
4,106.4
Per month
(ton/month)
123,192.00
Annually
(x103ton/year)
1479
I - 22
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Based on coal consumption in Table 1.2 of the above, it can be estimated coal yard
and disposal needs ash (ash yard) on Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW). Coal yard
is designed for file storage and storage for one week for dead storage for a one-month
operation power plants operating at full load. Ash generated will be stored in the ash
disposal area / yard existing ash, with storage capacity for five (5) years of operation.
b. Demolition Coal
Coal for the benefit of Lontar plant imported from Sumatra and / or Borneo,
transported by barge and then unloaded at the pier / jetty existing. Then distributed
to the conveyor belt using the ship unloader to the Junction House. At the Junction
House are telescopic chute tool that serves to pour the coal from the conveyor belt to
the PLTU Coal Yard.
Coal capacity accommodated at around 240,000 MT coal yard with elevation height
range from 10.5 to 12 meters. Coal demand for power plant Lontar of 12,000 tons / day
for three (3) generating units. Thus in 1 (one) day there are additional (1-2) coal barge
capacity (7500-12000) DWT demolition at the pier / jetty existing.
1) Coal Handling System
Coal handling system of the development of Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) will be
connected to the existing unit. Existing coal handling system in Banten power
plant 3 (3 x 315MW) consists of :
Two (2) ship unloader with a capacity of 2,000 tons per hour (one ship
unloader at the procurement stage);
One (1) x 2,000 tons per hour of ship unloader conveyor belt to the existing
coal yard;
One ( 1 ) stacker reclaimer;
Two conveyor lines from coal yard to yard bunker.
It has been estimated that the existing coal handling system is sufficient to supply
coal to four-unit power plant.
In order to improve the reliability of the coal handling system, PT PLN (Persero) also
has plans to expand coal yard, add one more stacker reclaimer on existing coal yard,
and also will install an additional conveyor belt unit from the ship unloader to coal
yard
I - 23
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTIONS
Information
1 : Turbin Hall
2 : Dearator Bay
3 : Coal Bunker Bay
4 : Boiler
5 : ESP
Figure 1.4a. Configuration Diagram PLTU
I - 24
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTIONS
UNIT#1
BOILER
BUNKER
UNIT#32BOI
LER
BUNKER
UNIT#3
BOILER
BUNKER
BOILER BUNKER
LONTAR EXPANSION
UNIT#4
Figure 1.4b. Diagram Coal Handling Development Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW)
I - 25
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Figure 1.4c. Flowchart of Coal Handling
Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) will modify the existing conveyor from coal
yard to the coal bunker. Coal handling system of Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) that will
include the development of support facilities, as follow:
Development of Jetty
Existing Jetty Banten power plant 3 (3 x 315 MW) has a length of 160 m. Two ship
unloaded 2,000 tons per hour, which has the mode of operation of the unit in
operation and one unit to standby, enough to supply coal consumption of four
units of power plants .
One (1) Unit power plant requires estimates of 171.1 tons per hour, the four (4)
power plant unit requires estimates of 684.4 tons / hour.
Existing Jetty Banten power plant 3 (3 x 315 MW) was installed two ship unloaded
(one in the procurement phase) with a capacity of 2,000 tons of excavation / hour
and an average of 1,000 tons / hour, 1 (one) unit ship unloader will be enough to
I - 26
PT PLN (PERSERO)
supply coal to four (4) units of power plants. To speed up the loading and
unloading process, the ship unloader will be operated jointly, so it will be
necessary extension of the pier.
Existing jetty designed for 12,000 DWT barge which has a length of about 160 m.
With the development of Unit # 4 (300-400 MW), then the length of the dock
should be able to have space for two barges anchored. The distance to be added
about 40 m, as the distance between two barges margin when lowered together,
so it will need about 280 m long the dock to unload two barges together.
On the development of Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) will perform expansion of the dock
with an estimated increase in length of 120 m, covering ship unloader, rail and
extension of existing conveyor.
Conveyor Systems
Existing coal handling system will be enough to supply coal to four units of power
plants. Coal consumption of Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) is 171.1 tons
per hour. Coal conveyor has a capacity of 1,250 tons per hour. So for four units of
the power plant, the total coal consumption of about 684.4 tons per hour. Basically
the conveyor 1,250 tons per hour, still has a service factor of 1.8 for the
distribution of coal from coal yard to the bunker.
Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) will use the existing conveyor lines to ship
coal from the coal yard to the coal bunker and will make modifications to the
existing conveyor. Existing conveyor will be extended so that it can be to four
units of power plants.
Area Coal Yard
Coal storage in the stockyard shall be designed and equipped in such a way so that
it will have sufficient capacity for coal pile at the same level according to ability
ship unloader and conveyor systems.
Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) will use the expansion of coal yard where
coal yard expansion of and the addition of stacker reclaimer will be provided in a
PLTU Banten 3 ( x 315 MW) existing. The location will be expansion of coal yard
on the north side of the existing coal yard.
Coal yard area needs to Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) can be calculated
from the data of coal consumption as described in Table 1.2. The total requirement
for Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) can be shown in Table 1.3.
I - 27
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Table 1.3. Coal Yard Area Estimation for the Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW)
Description
Storage duration
Coal tonnage
Design height
Coal specific gravity
Occupancy area
Coal yard volume
Coal yard area
Total coal yard area
Unit
days
ton
m
ton/m3
Sumber: FS Development Unit # 4 (1 x 315 MW).
m3
ha
=
Dead storage
30
123,408
14
0.8
0.8
153,990
1.1
1.4
Live storage
7
28,795
14
0.8
0.8
35,931
0.3
ha
c. Characteristics of Coal
The type of coal used is Low Rank Coal much as 4.27339 million tons to 3 generating
units. Coal is used to contain sulfur approximately (0.33 to 0.35)% by weight and has
a 4,200 calorie kcal. Average coal specifications as listed in Table 10.2 below.
Coal specifications
Table 1.4a. Specifications Coal PLTU 3 Banten
Proximate analysis
Total Humidity
inherent humidity
Ash
Proximate analysis
Fixed Carbon
Specifications Energy (received)
Gross Caloric Value (GVC)-Higher Heating
Value/HHV (kCal/kg)
Ultimate Analysis (% of dry ash free)
Carbon
Hydrogen
Nitrogen
Oxygen
Sulfur (daf)
Analysis Abu
SiO2
Al203
Fe2O3
TiO2
Mn2O4
CaO
MgO
Na2O
K2O
P 2 O4
SO3
Ash Fusion Temperature ( C)
IDT (deformasi)
ST (softening)
HT (hemispherical)
FT (fluid)
Slagging Index
Fouling Index
Hardgrove Grindability Indeks (HGI)
Source: Letter of Coal Division No. 965/121/DIVBAT/2012.
Range
Minimum Maximum
25
38
13,8
25
3,3
6
3,3
6
27,9
40
23
41
3900
4700
2
3
4,7
0,02
0,2
0,8
0,02
0,05
0,1
0,03
0,2
Reducing
1150
1200
1250
1300
60
52
52,5
4,1
8,8
27,7
32,6
4,12
2,4
0,8
24,6
Reducing
65
3
0,54
12
0,25
45
80
5,9
1,2
30
0,5
medium
medium
65
Typical Spec
35
18
5
5
35
30
4200
68,57
5,16
1,18
24,76
0,4
16
9
36
0,48
4
19,7
10
0,18
1,3
0,51
2,83
Reducing
1150
1200
1250
1300
low
55
I - 28
PT PLN (PERSERO)
d. Characteristics HSD
As a supporter of fuel, nor the fuel used begin Fuel Oil (High Speed Diesel Oil), with
the characteristics in Table 1.4b.
No.
Table 1.4b. Characteristics Fuel HSD
Specification
1
2
3
4
Specific gravity at 60/60F
Color ASTM
Cetane Number
Equipment Calculated Cetane Index
6
7
8
9
10
Equivalent Viscosity SSU at 100F
Pour Point
Sulphur Content
Copper Strip (3 hrs/100C)
Conradson Carbon Residue
(on 10% volume bottom)
Water Content
Sediment
Ash Content
Neutralization Value
Strong Acid Number
Total Acid Number
Flash Point (PMCC)
Distilation
Recovery at 300C
Higher Heating Value (HHV)
5
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Kinematic Viscosity SSU at 100F
Source: PLTU Banten 3 (3 x 315 MW), 2014.
Unit
Cs
C
% by weight
Minimum
Maximum
0,820
0,870
3
1,6
5,8
45
48
35
0,1
0,005
0,01
0,01
% by weight
% by weight
% by weight
mg KOH/gr
mg KOH/gr
C
% by volume
kcal/kg
45
18
0,5
No.1
66
nil
0,06
Test Method
ASTM
D-1298
D-1500
D-613
D-975
D-445
D-88
D-97
D-1551/1552
D-130
D-189
D-95
D-473
D-428
D-974/664
40
10,140
D-93
e. Characteristics Chemical Material Used
The chemicals that are use in PLTU operation for demineralization. Deaerator and
cooling water systems, detailed in Table 1.4c.
Table 1.4c. Characteristics and Dose Chemical Material Used
No.
Process / Chemical material
1
Demineralization
acid Chloride (HCl)
sodium Hydroxide (NaOH)
Deaerator
Hydrazine
Tri Natrium Phosphat (Na3P)
2
Ammonia (NH3-N)
Cooling Water
Natrium Hipochlorit (NaClO)
3
Dose
Existing
+ development
0,07 kg/day
0,15 kg/day
0,093 kg/day
0,20 kg/day
18,00 kg/Day
24,00 kg/day
1,20 kg/Day
4,70 kg/Day
3,00 ton/Day
1,60 kg/day
6,27 kg/day
4,00 ton/day
information
Injected in the aerator
Injected in the
downstream condenser
1.5.3.2. Operational Generating System (Boiler, Turbine and Generator)
Coal from coalyard dredged and transported to the coal bunker and forwarded to
the coal feeder which controls the amount of flow to the coal pulverizer which is
milled in accordance with the requirements into a very fine powder. The coal
I - 29
PT PLN (PERSERO)
powder is mixed with hot air from the primary air fan (PA Fan) and taken to the coal
burner of coal dust blowing into the combustion chamber, the combustion process
and burn like gas to turn water into steam. The hot air used by the PA Fan supplied
from FD Fan pressing hot air after Air Heater passed through. FD Fan also supplies
air to the coal burner to support the combustion process.
The heat generated will be absorbed by the steam pipes (waterwalls) becomes
saturated steam / wet steam which then is heated with superheater. The steam then
flows into the high pressure turbine (HPTurbine), where the steam will be pressed
through the nozzle into the corners of the turbine. Power of the steam turbine hit
corners and makes the turbine spin.
After HPTurbine, steam is returned to the boiler for re-is heated, in reheater before
the steam is used in IP Turbine and LP Turbine. Low pressure turbine Poros is
coupled with the generator rotor. Generator wrapped in generator stator. The stator
is wound by using copper rods. Electricity is produced in copper bars, the stator by
electromagnetic rotor through the rotation of the magnetic field.
The production of electric energy generator PLTU Lontar. channeled to the Java-Bali
system with 150 KV transmission along the ± 22 km towards Teluk Naga substation
and ± 22 km towards substation New Tangerang.
Lontar PLTU Development Unit # 4 will optimize existing units taking into account
the existing design data unit. Some of the equipment that will be added to the PLTU
Lontar Development Unit # 4 (300-400 MW) and will utilize the existing units,
including:
Coal handling system including the dock extending and modifying the conveyor
belt to the coal bunker.
Cooling water pump will be located alongside the existing unit and using the
intake / existing intake and discharge channel.
a. Characteristics Boiler
Subcritical boilers used in the form of a natural circulation steam drum-type boilers.
With a maximum continuous evaporation capacity (MCR) 1,025 tons / h and
pressures and superheated steam temperature is 17.5 MPa and 541 ° C.
I - 30
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Recommended Boiler type has the main characteristics as detailed as follows:
Boiler type
: Subcritical type with natural circulation, the water
circulation boiler (if required); Single reheat,
combustion Type: Four Corners tangential-firing
type, Balance Draught, Single Furnace
Design & Manufacturing
: Code for the construction of Boiler (ASME Code);
Start-up Fuel
: Diesel oil
Main Fuel
Boiler Installation
Parameter
: Pulverized Coal;
: Outdoor type equipped with weather protection..
Table 1.5. Boiler Capacity and Main Parameters
Boiler Max. Continuous Rating (BMCR)
Superheater Outlet Steam Pressure
Superheater Outlet Steam Temperature
Reheat Steam Flow
Reheater Inlet Steam Pressure
Reheater Outlet Steam Pressure
Reheater Inlet Steam Temperature
Reheater Outlet Steam Temperature
Economic Inlet Feedwater Temperature
BMCR (VWO)
Existing
(3 x 315 MW)
1025
16,7
540
802
3,89
16,7
328,9
540
281
Unit
t/h
MPa
◦C
t/h
MPa
MPa
◦C
◦C
◦C
Source: PLTU Banten 3 (3 x 315 MW) and FS Unit #4, 2014.
b. Characteristics of Turbine
Unit 4
(1 x 300-400 MW)
1025
17,5
541
802
3,89
16,7
328,9
540
281
Existing turbines and the development of unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW), which is used
is the type of subcritical, single shaft, double casing double exhaust steam, reheat
condensing, with details as follows:
Governor control fluid system
: Separated rom lubricated oil system
VWO Condition
:
Fluid
Maximum output
Steam pressure at the inlet of MSV
Steam temperature at the inlet of MSV
Reheat system temperature at the inlet of MSV
Steam flow at the inlet of MSV
Back of condenser
Number of extraction for feeder heating
Final feed water temperature
: Fire-resistant fluid
: 324,7 MW
: 16,67 Mpa
: 538oC
: 538oC
: 1001,82 t/h
: 10,13MPa
: 8
: 281oC
I - 31
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTIONS
Figure 1.4d. Heat Balance Diagram
I - 32
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTIONS
Figure 1.4e. Diagram of Main and Reheat Steam Turbine Bypass
I - 33
PT PLN (PERSERO)
c. Characteristics of Generators
Operational turbine at MCR (Maximum Continuous Rating) of 51 to 485 Hz, at the
rated load and power factor with a voltage range of 0.95 to 1.05 pu. Operational
above, power factor lag ranged from 0.80 to 0.95 leads.
The performance of the generator used in PLTU 3 Banten (3 x 315 MW) of existing
and development of Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW) are as follows:
Parameter
Power factor
Speed
Frequency
No. of phase
Short Circuit Ratio
Efficiency
Cooling method
Strator winding connection
No. of terminal
Insulation Class
Resistance
Transient Reactance Xd' (Unsat)
Substrabsient Reactance Xd" (sat)
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Existing (3 x 315 MW)
0,85 (lagging)
2000 r/min
50 Hz
3
> 0,5
> 98,8%
Stator winding direct water cooled
Rotor winding direct hydrogen cooled
YY
6
Class F (rated for class B temperature rise)
:  (P.U)
 (P.U)
1.5.3.3. Generating Water Systems
Total existing freshwater (3 x 315 MW) are used: 135,000 m3 / h (135 tons /
hour), which flowed through the channel to PLTU site, with details of the use of
the following:
1)
Most of the demineralized water, 650 m3 / h is used for filling water boiler
2)
Most of the demineralised water, as much as 134 350 m3 / h will be used for
(boiler) and other water needs;
condenser cooling water. Used water cooling condenser flowed back into the
sea through the canal wastes.
Raw water for the development of unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW) will be supplied
from sea water through desalination process. The amount of sea water that will
be used approximately 48 600 m3 / hr (48.6 tons / hour) for the cooling water
system and about 60 m3 / h for water generation system, with details as follows:
I - 34
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTIONS
EKSISTING
PENGEMBANGAN UNUIT #4
Figure 1.4f. Air Circulation System Diagram Existing and Development Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW)
I - 35
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTIONS
Figure 1.4g. Water Supply System in Development Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW)
I - 36
PT PLN (PERSERO)
1)
Water demineralization system: about 34 tons / hour for 1 (one) unit;
2)
Fly Ash and Bottom Ash Removal: ± 1.8 tonnes / hour for 1 (one) unit;
3)
4)
(Condensate Polishing Treatment, Cooling Closed Make Up, Steam and
Water Cycle Make Up);
Make-up System;
Water for Units & Housing: approximately 2 tons / hour;
Boiler Blowdon Cooling : approx 6 ton / h
Total freshwater necessary additional approximately: 60 tons / hour
Source water for the system core generation of desalination units to reduce the
particle content of sea water, in order to meet the standards set value as follows:
1)
TDS
:
< 10 ppm
4)
Copper
:
 5 g/l
2)
3)
5)
6)
1.5.3.4.
7)
Fe
pH
Oil
DHL
Hydrazyne
:
:
:
:
:
< 2 ppm
6,5-7
 0,3 g/l
 10 – 30 mhos
10 -30 g/l
Boiler Water Processing system (Boiler)
The demineralized fresh water used to fill water boiler (boiler) in case the
appropriate quality standards, to avoid scaling and corrosion. Sea water offered
/ demineralization using Reverse Osmosis Desalination Plant or (RO), then do
the processing of fresh water into the boiler water using chemical materials,
1.5.3.5
including hydrazine solution
Ashes and Dust Processing system
In the process of coal combustion will produce waste in the form of ash and dust.
Ash consists of two categories, namely ash directly to the bottom of the kettle /
boiler (bottom ash) and the other is fly ash (fly ash). Ash that fell to the bottom of
the kettle be issued periodically and stored in disposal area
a. Bottom Ash Handling System
Bottom ash system will transfer the ashes of the furnace bottom ash bin
hopper to discharge. Of bottom ash bin discharge will be transferred to the
ash disposal area by truck or conveyor. There are two types of bottom ash
I - 37
PT PLN (PERSERO)
handling system that can be applied to this project, the wet bottom ash
handling system and dry bottom ash handling system.
1. Abu Wet Handling System (Wet Bottom Ash Handling System)
Submerged scrapper conveyor is used to transfer the silo bottom ash to
ash if wet bottom ash handling system applied to this project. Bottom ash
is be moved by opening the furnace bottom ash hopper ash will fall into
the wet chamber containing water. Water depth of about one meter
above the scraper. Sources of water for ashing system will come from
sources that processed (freshwater). Ash is transported from the wet
room through Submerged scrapper conveyor that carries the ashes to
dewatering slope. A conveyor belt is used to drain mixture of bottom ash
and transport it to the clinker grinder. A clinker grinder is used to reduce
the size of the clinker and slag, to go through the pipeline. Of clinker
grinders, ash will be transported to the discharge bin and then transport
it to the ash heap using a mobile truck / conveyor.
The bottom ash silo should consist of about two (2) silo for plant
operation. Each collection hopper must be equipped with a ventilation
bag filter, air intake port thawing, heating elements, level monitors, etc.
Bottom ash handling system equipment, must be resistant to high
temperatures and heavy mechanical impact.
2) Abu Basic Dry Handling System (Dry Bottom Ash Handling System)
The use of dry handling system, bottom ash to lower the temperature of
the air conditioner while transporting ash to ash bin discharge. Dry ash
handling system equipment must be resistant to high temperatures and
heavy mechanical impact. Bottom ash from the furnace hopper will fall
onto the conveyor. In the bottom ash conveyor will be cooled using air
conditioning. After cooling, the ash will be transferred to the bin
discharge which is equipped with a transfer gate / diverter, vibrating
screen, and clinker grinder / crusher and ash container. Playback and
crusher facility will be provided to decrease size of the ash or dimensions
before bait into the silo. A post cooling can be adjusted when dry
extractor can be not cooling to temperatures expected from the ashes.
Bottom ash hopper capacity will be designed to keep the ashes for 12
hours while the minimum design of coal combustion. Large capacity of
I - 38
PT PLN (PERSERO)
hopper bottom ash is prepared to ensure combustion is still running
when the conveyor out of service. Conveyor will be designed to can be
receive all of the ash hopper bottom ash and ash delivered to the silo. Dry
bottom ash system will consist of two (2) silo with a capacity each for
two (2) days of plant operation. Ash from the silo will be thrown into the
ash disposal area with the solid phase or using trucks.
Air for air conditioning in a dry system will be supplied from 2 x 100%.
The cooling air must be able to cool the hot bottom ash and burn some
unburned carbon in the bottom ash.
b. Fly Ash Handling System
Fly ash handling system will be transferred from the economizer hoppers,
hoppers gas air heater and ESP hoppers to the silo. Fly ash is transferred
using pneumatic handling systems.
Each fly ash hopper ash will be equipped with a transmitter ash and also
using pneumatic fly ash handling system of positive (solid phase system), to
convey ash to fly ash ash silo through a piping system transfers. Fly ash
removal system will consist of 2 silos. Each silo will be equipped with a bag
vent filter, fluidizing air admission ports, heating elements, level monitors,
etc. From the silo, the ashes will be transported to the tip of silo with pipes
and dumped into the ash disposal area into ashes after conditioned truck.
The amount of ash content produced from coal combustion is 5% of the coal
is burned, with a composition in Table 1.6a.
Table 1.6a. Composition Abu Coal
Ash Production
weight (%)
Pulverizer reject hopper (pyrite)
0,05
Economizer hoppers
3
Bottom ash
Air heater hoppers (fly ash)
ESP hopper (fly ash)
10
2
85
The amount of coal that is burned is 129.5 tons / hour for generating
capacity of 1 x (300-400) MW or 518 tons / hour for a capacity of 4 x (300400) MW. Thereby the resulting ash content was 26.9 tons / hour or 18 648
tons / month, which consists of 1864.8 tonnes / month of bottom ash and fly
ash at 16783.2 tonnes / month.
I - 39
PT PLN (PERSERO)
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Table 1.6b. Characteristics of Fly Ash (% Weight)
Parameter
Ash analysis (%)
Silika
Alumina
Ferric Oxide
Kalsium
Magnesium Oksida
Dinatrium Oxide
Dipotasium Oxide
Titanium Dioxide
Sulfur Trioksida
Difosfat Oksida
SiO2
Al2O3
Fe2O3
CaCO3
MgO
Na2O
K2O
TiO2
SO3
P 2 O5
Minimum
Maximum
10
2,63
8,3
4,18
8,30
0,15
0,05
0,10
0,12
0,5
32
29,2
38,5
20
16
2
2,4
0,7
15
22,7
Average
11.7
12
34
14
12
0,19
0,98
0,3
13,67
1,15
c. Ash Disposal area
The development unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW) will use the existing ash disposal
area. Ash disposal area that is considered to be sufficient to keep the ashes of
four units of the power plant. Calculation of ash generated by the development
of unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW) can be seen in Table 1.7.
Table 1.7. Ash Disposal Area Requirements form Four Units Power Plant
Description
Unit
Capacity
Coal Consumption per unit
Capacity Factor
Ash content
Storage capacity
Ash disposal height design
Ash density
Ash tonnage
Ash volume
Ash disposal area
Total ash disposal area
Unit
MW
ton/h
years
M
ton/m3
ton
m3
ha
=
PLTU 3 Banten
(3x315 MW) Existing
3
318.711
167
0.8
0.06
5
6
1.400
1,053,302.4
752,358.86
12.54
16.83
Source: PLTU Banten 3 (3 x 315 MW) and FS Unit 4, 2014.
PLTU Unit #4
(1x 300-400 MW)
1
315.009
171.1
0.8
0.06
5
6
1.400
359,720.64
256,943.31
4.29
Ha
Coal consumption data existing units as listed in Table 1.4 are taken from coal
consumption average Lontar existing PLTU to 1 unit, which uses coal 4200 kcal
/ kg (HHV) as a fuel source. Ash disposal area has an area of about 22 ha. From
the calculation, the existing ash disposal area is enough to keep the ashes of four
units, with a duration of only 5 years of storage. If the company needed ash
landfill with a storage capacity of 10 years, it is necessary to expand the ash
1.5.3.6
disposal area so that it can meet the needs of PLN .
Liquid Waste Processing System
Operational PLTU will produce various types of waste, namely: waste bahang
condenser cooling water, leachate / leachate from coal stockpiling and hoarding
I - 40
PT PLN (PERSERO)
fly ash, waste water demineralization, domestic waste water, and waste oil spills.
Each waste has different characteristics, so that made segregation of waste
processing. Each waste has different characteristics, so that made segregation of
waste processing.
Used water cooling condenser having a relatively high temperature, water
temperature at the outlet will be determined based on the results of mathematical
modeling, in order to know the maximum allowable water temperature
appropriate quality standards ministerial regulation LH 08 of 2009 on Water
Quality and Waste For Business or Event Thermal Power Plant sources of Support
Activity.
Water runoff from the stockyard / coal accumulation accommodated in a settling
basin, while the valley leachate from ash collected in the settling pond. Then the
waste water is pumped to the IPAL units. IPAL / WWTP also accommodate and
process of demineralization, so that liquid wastes out of the IPAL has met the
standard of wastewater by ministerial regulation LH 08 of 2009 on Water Quality
and Waste For Business or Event Source Thermal Power Plant Supporting
Activities.
Liquid waste oil spills (oily water) of cleaning / flushing the floor will be piped
and processed in the oil separator / oil catcher, with an estimated 12 m3 / h.
Domestic wastewater is processed in sanitary waste treatment plant (SWTP), so
that the treated water has met the standard of Environment Decree No. 112 of
2003 on Domestic Wastewater Quality Standard.
Balance of water and liquid waste generated from PLTU operational system 3
Banten in Figure 1.5a.
1.5.3.7. Emergency Response
Fire protection system consists of two types:
1) Fire Detection Systems: Early detection and notification of activation of a fire
hydrant system
2) Fire Fighting System involving firefighting water systems, foam systems, CO2
gas system, fire pump systems, and fire-fighting.
The main function of the fire protection system is to detect, prevent, protect and
extinguish the fire hazard that may occur in the area around the power plant. Fire
protection system of The development unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW) and the
existing system in accordance with NFPA standards.
I - 41
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTIONS
Figure 1.5a. Water Balance Diagram 3 Banten Existing PLTU (3 x 315 MW) and the The development Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW)
I - 42
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTIONS
Figure 1.5b. Wastewater Flow Chart 3 Banten Existing PLTU (3 x 315 MW) and the The development Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW)
I - 43
PT PLN (PERSERO)
PARENT UNIT VII DEVELOPMENT
1.5.3.8. K3 System
3 PLTU Banten, Tangerang, will always apply the SOP in the maintenance and
improvement of working conditions, safety and health of labor and to protect
workers against the hazards of doing the job and prevent losses due to
occupational accidents, occupational diseases, fire, explosion or work environment
pollution,
In order to realize the creation of the public labor healthy, safe and productive, the
proponent will follow the standards that exist, including personnel management,
workplace environment, occupational health, attitudes and ways of working and
working equipment. Standard safety and health management will follow the
Regulation of the Minister of Manpower No. PER-05 / MEN / 1996 on K3
Management System, in addition to the above rules, other K3 standards to be
applied in accordance with the Indonesian National Standard is:
SNI 19-0231-1987: Construction Activity, Safety and Occupational Health
SNI 19-1953-1990: Loading and Unloading (Port), Guidelines for Safety and
Health at Work
SNI 19-3993-1981: Guidelines for Safety and Health at Work On Electric Arc
Welding Safety
SNI 19-3994-1981: Guidelines for Safety and Health at Work On First Aid
SNI 19-3995-1995: Guidelines for Safety and Health at Work On Power
SNI 19-4122-1996: Safety In Electric Welding Manual
With the implementation of policies K3, it will create a work environment that is
hygienic, safe and comfortable which is managed by the labor healthy, safe and
productive, so that will support the achievement of increased production and
productivity of PLTU.
In order to realize the creation of the public workforce healthy, safe and
productive, the proponent will follow the standards that exist, including personnel
management, workplace environment, occupational health, attitudes and ways of
working and working equipment. Standard safety and health management will
follow the Regulation of the Minister of Manpower No. Emergency and Disaster
Response System
1.5.3.9. Emergency and Disaster Response System
Emergency response is a gesture to anticipate things that are not desirable, which
would cause a loss of both physical and mental-material-spyriteual. Thus,
emergency response related to the behavior (behavior), which when connected to
I - 44
PT PLN (PERSERO)
the PLTU 3 Banten organization (organizational behavior), it comes to the extent of
commitment and or policies in the management and prevention of accidents or
damages that may arise as a result of an event that is not desired .
PLTU Banten 3 is committed to implement emergency response, namely an attempt
or action to address the circumstances that would cause a loss, so that the situation
or circumstances that are not desired can be immediately addressed / normalized
and losses reduced to a minimum. The design of the emergency response
conducted 3 Banten PLTU will follow the Indonesian National Standards applicable,
include:
Accident and Fire Control;
Protection Against Electrical activity;
Protection Against Radiation;
Protection Against Dangerous Goods;
Alarm and Alarm System;
Protective equipment (protective equipment, protective clothing, protective
gear head).
Emergency response procedures, is procedures in anticipation of an emergency
include: a) a plan / design in the face of an emergency; b) education and training; c)
coping with the emergency; and d) removal (evacuation) and closing (closing / halt
the work).
1.5.4. Stages Of Implementation Activities The Development Unit # 4 (1 X 300-400 MW)
PLTU 3 Banten (3 X 315 MW)
1.5.4.1. Pre-Construction phase
At this stage includes activities:
1) Feasibility Study to (FS) Lontar PLTU The development Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400
MW);
The scope of work performed by the contractor EPC work, which includes planning
(design),
manufacturing,
inspection
and
testing
manufacturing
facilities,
procurement of goods / equipment from outside the project / abroad, transportation
to the project site, the dismantling of ships, storage and handling in the project site,
implementation of building / plant, painting, testing and commissioning, and
maintenance operations during testing and commissioning before final delivery to
the initiator implemented.
Work
includes
construction
mechanical,
electrical
work,
civil
works,
instrumentation, and control. Work on the construction phase includes the
I - 45
PT PLN (PERSERO)
mobilization of equipment and materials, labor mobilization, preparation of the
land, civil works and construction PLTU / work mechanical / electrical.
2) Licensing related, include: permit a change in use and utilization of space; permit
extension of the pier / jetty; Andalalin and other permissions related to PLTU
development activity plan Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW).
1.5.4.2. Construction Phase
At this stage includes activities:
1) Mobilization labor
In the construction phase will be required number of workers outside the labor
(especially experts) as well as the local workforce. Local labor will be taken of
local labor in accordance with the skills they have. Labor requirements include
the following project leaders, managers, supervisors, civil engineers, machine,
electric, labor and other supporting staff. At the time of peak activity, the amount
of labor required is expected to reach 2,200 people (cumulative) as shown in
Table 1.8..
Table 1.8. Manpower Requirement PLTU Construction Lontar Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW)
No.
Type of occupations
I
1
2
3
4
5
6
II
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Supervisor
Civil Engineering
Mechanical Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Part of Steam Boiler
Part of Turbine
Commissioning
Worker
Cipil Engineer
Mechanical Technician
Electrical Engineering
Boiler Construction
Instrumentations
Insulator Engineering
Logging Worker
Material Control
Mill Wight
Painter
Pipe Installer
Equipment
Lifting Equipment Operator
Welding
Public Work
Fittings
Total
Number
workers
of
Remarks
30
115
75
35
40
15
180
190
190
80
45
100
35
20
75
80
90
120
25
150
400
110
2200
I - 46
PT PLN (PERSERO)
2) Mobilization of equipment and materials
The main plant equipment and material power plant Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW)
will be imported from abroad (the winning bidder), Equipment and materials are
imported from abroad are transported by ship through the port of Tanjung Priok
and so transported by road to the location of PLTU project site using a truck, or
trailer and large tronton. Possibility of super heavy import equipment (turbines)
are transported directly to the project site and dismantled in a special port jetty
PLTU 3 Banten.
Procurement of building materials such as stone sides, gravel and sand can be
obtained from the suppliers especially local suppliers. The type and amount of
materials needed for the development of Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW) are listed in
Table 1.9a.
Water required for construction activities to mix mortar, concrete, watering /
dust control as well as for the workers will be provided from existing water
sources at locations where. The water requirement for the project workers as
much as ± 2 200 people during peak hours is estimated at 132 m3 / day.
Table 1.9a. Material Requirements PLTU Construction Project Lontar Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW)
No.
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
B
Material Name
Natural Material
Pasir urug
Tanah urug
Sirtu
Concrete sand
Crushed stone
River stone
Brick
Wooden Rafters
Industrial Material
1
Multiplex 12 mm
6
Pile structure
2
3
4
7
Steel bar
Pile Ø 500 mm
Pile Ø 600 mm
Cement PC
Unit
Volume
Information
m3
m3
m3
m3
m3
m3
Piece
150.000
50.000
30.500
57.750
68.250
11.500
3.300.000
3000
Imported from Merak (± 125 km from the
project site). Also available from
Rangkasbitung (± 64 km from the project
site) and from Tanjung Priok (Pasir
Bangka) about (± 80 km from the project
site)
Sheet
25.000
ton
3.500
ton
m3
m3
zak
14.500
60.000
50.000
155.000
From the region Merak and around the
PLTU
From the region Merak and around the
PLTU
Pre-stressed spun concrete piles, concrete
sheet piles of Jakarta, Bekasi and
Karawang (West Java). Ready mix concrete
from Jakarta and Cilegon. Still piles of mill
PT Krakatau in Cilegon
Cement Portland cement from the cement
factory in Cibinong (West Java), Gresik
(East Java) and Padang (West Sumatra)
3) Land Maturation Unit #4 (1 x 300–400 MW)
The initial phase of the work of preparation of land maturation is in the form of
land clearing vegetation clearance to prepare the land for development projects.
Regions site plans generally form an open area that scrubby
I - 47
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Conditions of the project site is located at an altitude of ± 4 m asl with topography
is relatively flat, but for the purposes of setting the building is still needed work
stripping and stockpiling of land; other than the ground floor of the boiler and
turbine, as well as the storage of coal and ash landfills require a minimum height
of +0.50 m above the surface of the water at high tide. The number and types of
heavy equipment used in the preparation of the land when carrying out the work
are shown in Table 1.9b. Heavy equipment used must fulfill certain technical
specifications in order not to expend a noise is too high and must be equipped
with silencers to control noise. To control the spread of dust will be carried out
by spraying water.
Table 1.9b. Type and Number of Heavy Equipment
No.
Tool Name
1
Bulldozer
5
4
Dump truck
40
2
3
5
Backhoe
Motor grader
Hydraulic submersible pump
Number (Unit)
Information
5
3
2
4) PLTU Construction Lontar Unit #4 (1 x 300-400 MW)
a) Civil Work
Work consists of the main work and development work jetty extension. The
main work includes the construction of generating units. The main building
will be made with walls of steel plate waves and roofed. Turbine and the
steam boiler building will be shaped steel frame structure. Construction of
the main building foundation is made by taking into account local Land
conditions, so as to bear the load of the building to be erected, and is designed
to withstand earthquakes. Construction For placement of equipment - the
main equipment, building foundations, structures, chimneys, coal and
dismantling facilities will be established in the top of the pile that was built
on the base of foundation, or will be based directly on the subgrade
foundation that has been prepared.
Existing jetty designed for 12,000 DWT barges which has a length of about
160 m. The length of the dock should be able to have space for two barges
anchored. With 40 m spacing to be added as a margin distance between two
I - 48
PT PLN (PERSERO)
barges when lowered together, so it will need about 280 m long dock to
unload two barges together.
b) Mechanical and Electrical Work
Mechanical work consists of the installation of the main generating units, that
is:
Installation of the main boiler and auxiliary boiler;
Installation of steam turbines and supporting tools;
Compressed air system; Condenser cooling system; Coal and limestone
handling system;
Means ash handling;
Fuel oil tanks;
Water supply systems and raw materials;
Air pollution control system: EP (Electrostatic Precipitator);
Waste Water Treatment Plant..
Work consists of installation of electrical equipment the main electrical,
namely:
Installation of the generator; Installation of transformer;
Serandang circuited (switch yard);
Process control systems generating units, lighting units, communications,
alarms, and other electrical systems.
c) Development of supporting infrastructure
upporting infrastructure such as drainage networks, network fuel system,
cooling water system network, transmission network and electrical network.
Construction of drainage network will be connected to the existing drainage
network (existing) which empties into the IPAL. Cooling water network
(intake and discharge) connected to a network that has been previously
prepared.
d) Commissioning
After all construction is completed and ready for operation, conducted tests
commissioning against the plant and distribution system facilities electrical
energy from Unit # 4 to the existing distribution system. Table 1.9c. presents
the implementation schedule of construction.
I - 49
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTION
No.
I
1
2
II
1
2
3
4
5
III
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
IV
1
2
3
4
5
V
Description Construction Activity Plan
Detail Design & Procurement of Additional
land
Feasibility Study
Permissions
Civil Works
Soil Investigation
Site Preparation
Pilling
expansion Jetty
Foundation dan Building PLTU
Mechanical Works
Installation of main and auxiliary boiler
Installation of steam turbines and support;
Compressed air system;
Condenser cooling system;
Coal and limestone handling system;
Means ash handling;
Fuel oil tanks
Water supply systems and raw materials;
Air pollution control system: EP (Electrostatic
Precipitator);
Wastewater Treatment Plants
Other work (soil, drainage, site road, dll.)
Electrical Work
Installation of the generator;
Installation of transformer;
Serandang switch (switch yard);
Process control systems generating units,
lighting units, communications, alarms, and
other electrical systems
Workshop
Test/Commissioning
Month
01
Table 1.9c. Schedule of Construction Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW)
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Source: PT PLN (Persero)-FS Unit #4, 2013.
I - 50
PT PLN (PERSERO)
1.5.4.3. Operation Phase
Target Phase 3 Banten PLTU commercial operation with an installed power 4 x
(300-400) MW is at the end of 2016. Activities operation phase consists of: the
deployment of labor, transportation of coal, coal stockpiling, and operation of
generating units Operations.
1) Acceptance of Labor Supplement
Most of the construction phase of labor, a good local employment and labor
migrants who have the skills required for the operation of PLTU will be reemployed in the operation phase. The number of workers needed at this stage
of the operation was estimated at ± 120 persons (Table 1.10), where the ±
20% or about 24 people are experts (skill). Foreign power will be used in
limited quantities, namely as advisor and companion in order to transfer of
technology to the local workforce.
In the mobilization/mobilization of manpower will be pursued using local
workers, especially those who live in the Village District of Kemiri Lontar.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Table 1.10. Estimates of Total Employment Additional
the PLTU Operations 3 Banten (4 x 315 MW)
Tool Name
General Manager
Manager
Assistant Manager
Secretaries/Administration
Supervisor
Engineer Machine
Electrical Engineer
Engineer Control Instrument
Engineer Coal Handling
Chemical and Environmental
Engineer
Civil Engineer
Finance
Welder
Mechanics
Juru Ketel/Pipe
Electrician
Laboratory technician
Power Assistant / Managing
the procurement
Warehouse officer
Officialdom
Operator
Security Guard
General Support
Total
Existing
1
3
12
12
30
3
5
3
1
Additional
1
4
4
10
1
2
1
1
Amount
1
4
16
16
40
4
7
4
2
1
10
25
30
30
30
15
27
6
10
15
40
20
30
360
1
3
8
10
10
10
5
9
2
3
5
12
7
10
120
2
13
33
40
40
40
20
36
8
13
20
52
27
40
480
Source: PLTU Banten 3 (3 x 315 MW) and FS Unit 4, 2014.
1
1
2
I - 51
PT PLN (PERSERO)
2) Operational Generating System
a) Transportation and Stockpiling Coal
The proponent will use the agent service providers in transporting coal
from mines in Kalimantan and South Sumatra. From the mining of coal
transported to the project site using the vessel was fitted with a coal
unloading capacity of about (12000-20000) DWT.
Coal required for the operation of PLTU of approximately 537.830 tons
per month, so that there will be about 34 ships per month. At the time of
removal of coal from the ship to the landfill, will most likely occur coal
spill. To prevent pollution of water bodies, the initiator will require the
owner of the vessel / barge barges that are equipped with the tools /
shelter spill (spillage plate) on the edge of the ship.
b) Coal Handling System
The coal is unloaded from the barge moved to dump coal (coal yard). Coal
stockpiles which occupies an area of 20 ha rectangular, designed to
accommodate coal to supply at least 30 days during the third operational
boiler (fully operational). In coal stockpiles are a tool (bucket - wheel
stacker - reclaimer) with a capacity of 1200 tons / hour which serves to
move and adjust the position of a pile of coal in the coal yard and move the
coal to the conveyor belt. In the coal yard will operate bulldozers are also
3 units with a capacity of 220 hp which helps the above operational tools,
conveyor belt to move coal from the coal yard to the boiler is made of
fireproof. Basically operating conveyor belt is one, the other stand-by
(work interchangeably), but the second conveyor belt is possible to be
able to work simultaneously on the short term.
c) Handling System Ash and dregs (slag) and Pirit
Dregs Handling System (Slag)
Ash produced from coal combustion system consists of three (3) types of
fly ash (fly ash), waste (slag) and pyrite (pyrities). The number three types
of ash are shown in Table 1.11.
No.
1
2
3
5
Table 1.11. Estimated Number Type of Ash
Type Abu
PLTU Unit
Unit #1 (1 x 315 MW)
Unit #2 (1 x 315 MW)
Unit #3 (1 x 315 MW)
Unit #4 (1 x 300-400 MW)
Fly Ash
7,20
14,40
21,60
28,80
Quantity (ton/ hour)
Slag (Dregs)
1,50
3,00
4,50
6,00
Pyrite
0,80
1,60
2,40
3,20
I - 52
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Handling dregs at 3 Banten existing power plant project and Unit # 4 uses
the hydraulic system, resulting dregs of each boiler must be removed from
the bottom of the furnace burner by using the scraper conveyor (water filled submerged scraper conveyor). Coal dregs then crushed into granules
- smaller granules with a crusher (crusher) is placed in the mouth scraper
conveyor to then put in a slurry pump room by gravity through a sluice.
Then slurry pumps will transport the dust slurry into a room for drying
the slurry (dewatering bins).
The number of dewatering bins of two units, one bin is used to receive the
slurry while the other bin serves to dry the slurry. After drying for about 8
hours, dregs coal is then transported by truck to a landfill ash (ash valley).
The capacity of each drying slurry (bin) is 200 m3. The water inside the
dewatering bins are then put into the concentrator and pumped back into
the ash handling system to be reused.
Handling System Ash Fly
Ash handling system including ash inside the economizer hopper and
Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) hopper transport system using pneumatic
pressure. This system has 3 fields for each ESP and each field is composed
of 4 hopper.
Fling ash from each hopper would fall to ash vessel (conveyor) through the
inlet valve, and then the air pressure system moved into the silo. For each
boiler there are two pipes distributors flying ash, one piece for field to the
first while the other distribution for two or three field. For each field, as
much as 4 units (conveyor) connect in serie that can operate
simultaneously. From work circulations above, controlled with PLC. In the
system of handling flying ash is found 4 economizer hoppers (including the
pipe) for each boiler, wherein two hoppers connected with one conveyor.
Flying ash from each conveyor then transported into silo flying ash. From
the system above are around 50 ton/hourly. On compress air can be
generated from 4 unit air compressors, three of which will be in operation
while other compressors always stand by. Drainage of clean air can be
produced also from the dryer and filter / air filter. Fly ash silo used as
many as three units, two silos coarse and one smooth silo units,
respectively - each having a capacity of 600 m3. Rough silo is for rough
dust originating from the ECO and the first field while the ESP hoppers
smooth silos intended for fine ash originating from the field or ESP second
and third. Fly ash is transported by conveyor belt to the ash heap.
Flowchart of bottom ash handling system and fly ash respectively are
shown in Figure 1.6a and Figure 1.6b.
I - 53
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTION
Figure 1.6a. Flowchart Handling Abu Basic / Bottom
I - 54
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTION
Figure 1.6b. Flowchart Handling Abu Fly / Fly Ash
I - 55
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Pyrite Handling System
Pyrite is managed manually. On each shift, pyrite generated from each
milling (mill) will be kept for some time in the hopper that can be driven
from the coal bunker hall. Pyrite from the hopper and then transferred into
a truck and transported to the ash heap.
d) Water Supply System and Fire Fighting
The water supply system for the planned activities 3 Banten PLTU, consisting of
various components as follows:
Open cooling water system
The water used to cool the condenser and heat exchanger taken from the
coast in the District Pecan through the intake channel.
The hot water generated from cooling condenser and heat exchanger is
returned to the sea through the canal waste heat. The materials used for
building waste heat duct made of stone masonry coated with plastic
(seawater - proof) that is resistant to the effects of sea water corrosion.
Make-up Water System
Water discharge of 650 m3 / h of the total capture of sea water (135,000
m3 / h) is pumped to the desalination system. In this system there will be
loss of water of ± 499 m3 / h, while fresh water resulting from this process
is 151 m3 / h Water as much as 34 m3 / h is intended for domestic water
supply system, water for the main building and stockpiling coal. While 117
m3 / h is processed further in the demineralization tool for purposes of
makeup water for the boiler.
3) Water Distribution System
Water supply system to be distributed with pipe system to the various needs of
the water that is clean water for domestic purposes 16 m3 / h, the main building
of 2 m3 / h coal accumulation of 12 m3 / h, boiler make-up water 117 m3 / h. fire
extinguishing systems, etc..
4) Fire extinguisher System
Fire extinguishing system consists of two subsystems, namely mobile fire
extinguishing systems (mobile firefighting) including portable systems and
hydrant systems (outdoor and indoor) and other subsystems are stationary fire
extinguishing system (fixed firefighting system). The system consists of a
stationary fire extinguishing fire extinguishing system with water using foam
(foam) and gas.
I - 56
PT PLN (PERSERO)
5) Rain Water Distribution System
Rainwater that falls on the roofs of buildings and from the project site and flowed
through the drainage towards the tub rainwater collector (system reuse) and the
water used for watering and watering coal dump ash accumulation.
6) Domestic Waste Water Distribution System
Domestic waste water originating from the existing buildings in the project were
collected with a closed channel (pipe) and taken to the domestic treatment plant.
7) Waste Handling System B3
B3 waste of support activities, such as used oil, cotton waste, sludge IPAL / STP,
former TL lamps, battery scrap, former printer cartridges, packaging chemicals
and contaminated waste bins B3, etc are collected at TPS B3 / B3 Warehouse
licensed KLH. The maximum storage time of 3 months, the waste is sent to the
business B3 B3 and B3 waste is transported by a licensed transporter of KLH.
8) Domestic Waste Management System
In general, domestic waste management of administrative activities, domestic
and maintenance gardens and green space. receptacle garbage in the bin / trash
bin-3 twin / triplet for the separation of organic waste, inorganic and B3. Garbage
collection in a separate trash TPS. Trash handlers will coordinate with the
Department of Hygiene and Tangerang District.
1.5.4.4. Phase After-Operation
In the post-operative phase, after 30 years of operational life of PLTU 3 Banten (4 x
315 MW), will continue to be treated and operated, enhanced or conversion to gas
fuel and adjusted to the long-term plan by PT PLN (Persero) or on stage
postoperative all units of the building to be demolished, while the former location of
PLTU land use will be adapted to the spatial plan at the time.
1.5.4.5. Time Schedule Implementation Plan Development Activities Unit # 4 (1 x 300400 MW) PLTU 3 Banten (3 x 315 MW)
PLTU development project implementation period Lontar Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400
MW), estimated for 24 months (with the operational plan starting in 2015), and
assumed operational life for 30 years, measured from the date of commissioning in
2015. Residual value plant at the end of the operational period is assumed to be zero.
I - 57
PT PLN (PERSERO)
1.5.5. Management and Environmental Monitoring Has Been Done
Based on the results of Environmental Impact Assessment, Environmental
Management Plan and Environmental Monitoring Plan (ANDAL, RKL, RPL) Generating
PLTU lontar Project Development plan conducted in 2007, RKL and RPL has been done
is as follows:
1.5.5.1. Environmental Management Plan (RKL) Already Do
a. Buildup and Stockpiling Coal Management
Coal as fuel for existing power plants and the development will be imported from
Borneo and / or Sumatra, transported by barge with a capacity of 12,000 DWT.
Coal will be unloaded at the pier, which will be expanded to meet the additional
coal consumption on the development plan Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW).
Impact on the environment is coal handling coal dust and coal water leaks
(leachate). Coal dust is particulate emissions from fines coal during ship
unloading and stockpiling / accumulation of stock. The particulate emissions can
be reduced by using a dust suppressant that is sprayed on during ship unloading
coal and coal stock buildup. While coal water leaks is coming from the water runoff in the area of coal accumulation (stock pile). The water leak was isolated from
the environment by pumping to the WWTP to do the processing to meet the
quality standards Candy LH No. 08/2009: Appendix II D, before being discharged
into the environment.
b. Bottom Ash and Fly Ash Management System
Coal combustion Management System process will produce waste in the form of
dust (dust) and ash (ash). The resulting ash occurred consists of two types,
namely bottom ash (bottom ash) at the bottom of the boiler and ash that comes
out through the chimney as fly ash (fly ash).
Fly and Bottom ash produced from the burning of coal in the furnace. Fly ash
carried in the flue gas to be captured in the EP (Electrostatic precipitator) which
will then be exhaled by the compressor to the fly ash silo. While the bottom ash
flow directly from the bottom of the boiler furnace to bottom ash into the silo via
a conveyor belt
Bottom ash is about 20% of the total ash produced will be collected from the
boiler bottom ash barrel. Regularly, will disposed of into the ash stockpiling in the
valley (the valley of ashes).
Fly ash with a quantity of about 80% of the total ash produced will be captured in
the Electrostatic Precipitator / EP. fly ash; then the electrode system of dust
blown into the chimney which has a height of 275 m In the EP, the electrons
released to the collecting plate so that the rod-shaped collecting fine particles
I - 58
PT PLN (PERSERO)
drawn into the filter and then used for various applications (recycled). The
pollution control device has a capture efficiency of up to 99.5%, which will reduce
particulate emissions are low in chimney. Stack particulate emissions will meet
the quality standards Environment Minister Regulation No. 21 of 2008.
Ash waste, fly ash and ash both basic accommodated in a special place called the
valley ash (ash stockpiling) that it is today, which is combined with the PLTU ash
valley. The land area ash supplied valley is an area of 209 799 m2. he base layer is
made watertight ash yard, which is coated with a layer of geomembrane that water
does not seep leachate formed and contaminate groundwater.
c.
Significant impact on the accumulation of ash (bottom and fly ash) in the form of
runoff water leakage risk / run-off of rain water. Leakage of water runoff will be
isolated by the runoff water pumping to WWTP / IPAL wastewater to be treated
before being discharged into the environment.
Use of Water, Water Treatment and Waste Water Management
Water for as many as 81 390 PLTU Lontar m3 / hour, or about 22.6 m3 / sec of
water taken from the sea. Most of the sea water, that is equal to 390 m3 / h
treated beforehand so as to qualify for the filler used water boiler (boiler) and for
a various of other PLTU operating requirements. Water used for boiler comes
from the sea water will be processed into fresh water using desalination
installation (multiple effect desalination / MED). The water (desalination
production) before it is released to the boiler processed first in a water treatment
plant using a system mixed bed.
The process used for desalination is the use of multiple effect multiple effect
desalination , ie water treatment technologies to eliminate salt or mineral using
desalination method and condensation.
The remaining amount of 299 m3 / h will continue to flow out of the membrane is
called concentrate or reject. Water quality concentrate or reject water equal to the
quality of the feed water, only a higher salt content. hus instead of reject water it is
not waste water and subsequently reject water is put back into the sea.
Most of the seawater is taken, ie 77 080 m3 / h is used to cool the condenser. Sea
water which has been used to cool the condenser has a high enough temperature
because it is discharged through the canal discharge (bahang canal waste ) to the
sea.
Domestic liquid waste dealt with using the WWTP / STP biological, while oil spills
originating from the power house and HSD tanks (wash water and rainwater
runoff) oil containing up to 6 m3 / h is processed by the system Oil Separator or
Oil Catcher.
I - 59
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Water from Oil Catcher/Oil Separator and regeneration waste water
demineralization will be processed in a new IPAL (separate). Meanwhile, the
leachate generated from the landfill coal (coal yard) is collected in a settling basin
pond . Coal yard itself was covered by HDPE (High Density Poly-Ethylene) and
Geotextile. Effluent (outlet) of the WWTP is used again (reusing) to remove dust.
Water contamination can occur during the construction phase and the
operational phase of the power plant with a source of water pollution as follows:
Stock Pile of coal, precipitation accumulation of rain water on the coal stock
pile will produce leachate / leachate in the form of acid water and the
suspension material (TSS) high.
Leachate water from coal stockpile will be channelled to the reservoir with
water-resistant base (settling pond), to reduce the TSS. If parameters other
wastewater exceeds quality standards, it will be processed in IPAL before
being discharged to the sewer.
Cooling Water, the water temperature of the cooling system will be higher
than the ambient temperature of the sea water could further degrade water
quality such as reduce the dissolved oxygen that will affect the lives of aquatic
biota.
Cooling water for the steam turbine condenser on the condenser performed
using sea water. To the condenser inlet temperature is the ambient water
temperature. Condenser outlet temperature of the water / waste water heat
downgraded through cooling channels, so that the temperature of the waste
water at the the condenser outlet will be lower than 40 C, in accordance with
the Regulation of the Minister of Environment No. 08 of 2009.
Other Liquid Waste Treatment
Other liquid waste disposal originating from cleaning the boiler, blow down,
drainage cleaning steam turbine, R / O (reverse osmosis) or desalination units
and water treatment units. Waste water is drained and processed in WWTP /
IPAL before discharge into the sewer to the marine waters in accordance with
permits have been obtained.
Oily Water
Oily water comes from the oil tank, transformer, warehouse lubricating oil, oil
spills originating from the power house and HSD tanks (wash water and
rainwater runoff) containing oil will be channeled to the oil separator unit /
water (oil separator) with existing capacities 6 m3 / h. Oil from oil separator
I - 60
PT PLN (PERSERO)
unit will be collected in a container for reuse, and water will be discharged to
the sewer / water bodies.
Domestic Wastewater
Wastewater from domestic activities of employees (MCK) was treated in the
STP / Sanitary Treatment Plant; treated water fulfil quality standards LH
Decree No. 112 of 2003, will be channelled to the sewer. Effluent (outlet) of
IPAL is used again (reusing) to remove dust
d. B3 Waste Management
All hazardous and toxic (B3) and waste used oil should be placed on the right
building and handled in accordance with the:
Government Regulation No. 85 of 1999 on the Amendment of the Government
Regulation No. 18 of 1999 on Management of Hazardous and Toxic Waste (B3).
Decree of the Head of Environmental Impact Management Agency Number: 255 /
BAPEDAL / 08/1996, on Procedures and Requirements Storage and Collection of
Used Lubricating Oils. As a reference on the handle of oil used. This has been
done by the Lontar PLTU (existing) in the development is also integrated with the
existing management.
1.5.6. Impact Source Monitoring: Indicators or Success Management
a. Emissions Chimney
The results of emission monitoring in quarter 4/2013 at all monitoring sites, shows
that all parameters fulfill the quality standards ministerial regulations LH No. 21/2008
(Table 1:12).
Table 1.12. The Result Chimney PLTU Emissions Monitoring Period Quarter 4/2013
No.
Parameter
Unit
Standard Quality Ministerial
Regulation LH 21/2008
Results Monitoring
UE-1.2
1
Partikulat
mg/m3
100
2
Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)
mg/m3
750
3
Nitrogen Oxide(NO2)
mg/m3
750
Source: Laboratory Result Analysis Uni Lab Perdana Jakarta, December 2013.
28
23
129
UE-2
37
179
69
b. Opacity Chimney
The results of monitoring the quality of emissions in quarter 4/2013 at all monitoring
sites, shows that all parameters fulfill the quality standards ministerial regulations LH
No. 21/2008 (Table 1.13).
Table 1.13. The Result Monitoring Chimney PLTU Period Quarter 4/2013
results
Monitoring
UE-1.2 = Chimney-1
Opacity
%
10
1
UE-2 = Chimney-2
Opacity
%
10
2
Source: Laboratory Result Analysis Uni Lab Perdana Jakarta, December 2013.
No
Sampling locations:
parameter Test
unit
Standard Quality ministerial
regulations LH 21/2008
20
20
I - 61
PT PLN (PERSERO)
c. Neutralizing Wastewater Pond
The results of water quality monitoring neutralizing waste pond in July-August periodQuarter 4/2013 (Table 1:14), indicates that all test parameters meet quality standards
by ministerial regulations LH No. 08/2009: Attachment IA.
Table 1.14. Hasil Pengujian Kualitas Air Limbah Neutralizing Pond
TW-4/2013
ministerial regulations LH
October
November
December No. 08/2009: Lamp. IA
1
pH (26 °C)
8,52
7,74
8,1
6–9
2
Suspended solids (TSS)
mg/l
13
8
4
100
3
Oil & fat
mg/l
<0,2
<0,2
<0,2
10
4
free chlorine (Cl2)
mg/l
<0,01
<0,01
<0,01
0,5
5
chromium total (Cr)
mg/l
<0,00312
<0,00312
<0,00312
0,5
6
Copper (Cu)
mg/l
<0,00864
<0,00864
<0,00864
1
7
Iron (Fe)
mg/l
<0,00306
<0,00306
<0,00306
3
8
Zinc (Zn)
mg/l
0,326
0,147
<0,00851
1
9
Phosphat (PO4-P)
mg/l
0,04
0,02
0,01
10
Source: Results of Laboratory Analysis Uni Laboratory Prime Jakarta, October -December 2013.
Description: Quality Standards: Regulation of the Minister of Environment No. 08 of 2009: Annex IA: Wastewater
Quality Standard.
*) not tested, because the NP status is still in the process of care..
No.
PARAMETER
Unit
d. Wastewater Quality Boiler Blowdown
The results of water quality monitoring waste Blow Down Boiler -quarter period
4/2013 (June), indicating that all parameters fulfill the quality standards ministerial
regulations LH No. 08/2009: Attachment I B.
MONITORING
PERIOD
October
Table 1.15. Hasil Pengujian Kualitas Air Limbah Blowdown Boiler
BLOWDOWN
Unit
pH (insitu)
Dissolved Iron (Fe)
Copper (Cu)
BOILER
Unit-1
mg/l
8,26
<0,00306
<0,00864
Unit-1
mg/l
<0,00306
<0,00864
November
Unit-2
mg/l
7,4
<0,00306
<0,00864
Unit-1
mg/l
7,3
<0,00306
<0,00864
December
Unit-2
mg/l
6,50
<0,00306
<0,00864
Permen LH No. 08 Year 2009: Lampiran I B
6–9
3
1
Source: Laboratory Result Analysis Supreme Quality, July 2015; Uni Laboratory Perdana Jakarta, October –December 2013.
e. Liquid Waste Quality Reusing Water
Results of monitoring water quality reusing wastewater in the period quarter-4/2013
(Table 2.6), shows that all test parameters meet quality standards by ministerial
regulations LH No. 08/2009: Attachment IA.
Table 1.16. Waste Water Quality Testing Results Reusing Water
No.
PARAMETER
Unit
October
November
December
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
pH (26 °C)
Oil & fat
free chlorine (Cl2)
chromium total (Cr)
Copper (Cu)
Iron (Fe)
Zinc (Zn)
Phosphat (PO4-P)
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
8,68
7
<0,2
<0,01
<0,00312
<0,00864
<0,00306
0,433
0,02
7,74
8
<0,2
<0,01
<0,00312
<0,00864
<0,00306
0,147
0,02
8,6
6
<0,2
<0,01
<0,00312
<0,00864
0,143
<0,00851
0,02
ministerial regulations LH No.
08/2009: Attachment IA
6–9
100
10
0,5
0,5
1
3
1
Source: Results of Laboratory Analysis Lab Uni Prime Jakarta, October -December 2013.
Description: Quality Standards: Regulation of the Minister of Environment No. 08 of 2009: Attachment IA: Wastewater Quality Standard.
I - 62
PT PLN (PERSERO)
f.
Quality Outlet Wastewater (Coal & Ash Stockpile)
The results of monitoring the quality of liquid waste from Coal & Ash Stockpile
quarter period September-4/2013 (Table 1.17), indicating that all test parameters
meet quality standards by ministerial regulations LH No. 08/2009: Attachment II
D.
Table 1.17. Waste Water Quality Testing Results Coal & Ash Stockpile
PARAMETER
UNIT
October
November
Standard Quality ministerial regulation LH No.
08/2009: Attachment II D
1
mg/l
8,85
7,75
200
3
Iron Dissolve(Fe)
mg/l
<0,00306
<0,00306
No.
2
pH (insitu)
4
-
Mangan Dissolve (Mn)
8
<0,00289
mg/l
<2
6,0-9,0
<0,00289
2
5
g. Quality Outlet Wastewater Desalination
The results of monitoring the quality of liquid waste from desalination sourceSeptember quarter period 4/2013 (Table 1:18), indicates that all test parameters
meet quality standards by ministerial regulations LH No. 08/2009: Attachment IIB.
Table 1.18. Waste Water Quality Testing Results Desalination
No.
PARAMETER
1
pH (26 °C)
2
Salinity
UNIT
October
November
December
-
8,36
7,7
8,7
/oo
38
37
08/2009: Attachment II B
6–9
11
Nature
h. Quality Outlet Wastewater Containing Oil (Oily Waste)
The results of monitoring the quality of liquid waste Oily Water-September period
Quarter 4/2013 (Table 1.19), indicating that all test parameters is far below the
quality standard by ministerial regulations LH No. 08/2009: Attachment III.
No.
1
2
i.
Table 1.19. Water Quality Testing Results Oily Waste Water
PARAMETER
UNIT
October
November
December
08/2009: Attachment II B
Total organic carbon (TOC)
mg/l
13,40
29,84
12,30
110
Oil and Fat
mg/l
<0,2
<0,2
<0,2
15
Implementation of CSR (Corporate Social Responsibility)
The help of a new PLTU Lontar in the form of compensation for orphans and Eid
gifts and sacrificial animals during Eidul-Adha.
On December 13, 2013 have been carried out activities LOLI-CSR (Lontar Care) in
the village of Lontar (Figure 2.27), with activities to provide assistance in the form
I - 63
PT PLN (PERSERO)
of Free Medical and Health Consultation to bring in medical personnel from UBOH
Banten 3 Lontar. 1 one doctor and one nurse.
Breeding Milkfish
Entrepreneurship Training Motivation
Tahfidz Home Development.
Figure 1.7. Activity of CSR-LOLI (Lontar Care) Free Medical Treatment and
Medical Consultation at Lontar Village
1.5.7. Linkage Business Plan and / or Activity with Other Activity in the Area.
1)
Activity Highway
Kronjo road located south of the site activities Banten PLTU 3 (3 x 315 MW)
which is the main road that connects tread current activities with the
surrounding area. This activity impacts traffic generation, noise and air
pollution, in addition to the risk of traffic accidents.
I - 64
PT PLN (PERSERO)
2)
Strategic Area
PLTU trategic area is located in the Village District of Kemiri, Lontar village;
classification based on the strategic area of economic growth and the
environment with the main activities of PLTU to Banten and DKI Jakarta. Service
Center Region (PPK) is a district that serves to cater activity scale districts or
villages. Based on analysis result There are 18 (eighteen) defined settlements as
PPK includes Mekarbaru District, Gunungkaler, Kresek, Kemiri, Sukamulya,
SindangJaya, Jayanti, Cisoka, Solear, Jambe, Cisauk, Pagedangan, Legok,
Panongan, Rajeg, Sepatan Timur, Pakuhaji and Sukadiri District.
Referral center functions for each of these activities are set with reference to the
aspects of the condition of the area, acessibility, level of services and existing
development polcy. Plan a central system - the central settlement and its
function in Tangerang Regency Year 2010 - 2030. Kemiri subdistrict is the
center of the district governments (PPK), with the function / strategy
development: agricultural, residential low density, medium density residential
3)
and forested coastal mangrove area (Review RPJMD Tangerang 2008-2013).
Fisherman Activities
The waters around the jetty Banten power plant 3 (3 x 315 MW) are fisherman
activities in the form of butterfly fish, fishing with nets and wooden boats (Figure
1.8).
From interviews with the crew team fishing boats anchored near the TPI and
activity around the jetty, most of the fishermen said that so far there is no obstacle
for fishermen to dock around the jetty and remains smooth and there was never
any disturbance or shipping accidents around the jetty.
4)
Port Area
The waters around the jetty PLTU Banten 3 (3 x 315 MW), based on the pattern
space map Tangerang District has been designated as Special Port Bulk Coal
5)
(Figure 1.9)
Cultivation Pond Area
The area around the plant is cultivated farm area (Figure 1.10a; Image 1.10b
and has become one of the pattern areas in the revitalization of the national
shrimp ponds, in order to revive the industry by national crustaceans, Ministry
of Maritime Affairs and Fisheries since 2012 and then rolling the revitalization
I - 65
PT PLN (PERSERO)
of shrimp farms in the North Coast of Java (north coast), expand the reach of
the program to Central Java, East Java, Lampung and South Sulawesi.
Figure 1.8. Fishermen activity Around Jetty PLTU 3 Banten
Implementation revitalization (denfarm) conducted in ponds near the site of a
steam power plant (PLTU) Lontar,
Lontar Village,
Kemiri Sub-district,
Tangerang District, Banten ceased operations since 2000. This virus attack
suspected to be contaminated PLTU waste disposal. However, doubts were
refuted by the success of the Great Hall of Brackish Water Aquaculture
Development (BBPBAP) Jepara harvest of shrimp farmed in ponds near the PLTU
Lontar. The first harvest on land revitalization pattern farms (demfarm) of 4 ha
has produced 6.7 tonnes of shrimp size 70 per 0.8 ha in January. Meanwhile, the
target harvest is pegged at 6 tons / ha.
I - 66
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTION
Figure 1.9. Map Pattern Room Plan Tangerang District
I - 67
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Figure 1. 10a. Nearby ponds PLTU Lontar (3 x 315 MW)
Lontar village Kemiri Sub-district, Tangerang District
The second harvest is done Slamet Soebjakto, Director General of Aquaculture,
Ministry of Maritime Affairs and Fisheries (KKP), also encouraging. A total of 3.5
tonnes of shrimp size 50 size of 0.4 ha of ponds successfully harvested. “Many are
pessimistic because it is close to the industry, it will not succeed. So we created a
pattern here. If near the power plant alone succeed, I believe that the way would
succeed,” Totok said, so he addressed, in the event vaname shrimp harvest in Lontar,
Kemiri Sub-district, Tangerang District (Agrina, March 4 2013).
The success of shrimp farming in locations near the PLTU, can not be separated from
the role of the technology. One technology that is applied is the use of biofilters, yaitu
which utilize water plants that grow naturally along the channel reservoirTandon
serves as biosecurity which protects the shrimp from the disease.According Supito (in
Agrina, May 13, 2013), executive and technical responsible shrimp farming Lontar
Village, water plant makroalga types Nitela can reduce the organic load by absorbing
organic materials contained in the water pond. Moreover, in the pond also stocked
tilapia and milkfish as eating aquatic plants that grow naturally. Milkfish will eat
water plants such as klekap before had been a decay that adds to the organic load in
the water. Meanwhile tilapia also acts as an anti-toxin vibrio bacteria, vibrio which
will depress growth in farm pond.
I - 68
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Figure1.10b. Condition of Embankment Land Use at Around the Site of PLTU Lontar (3x35 MW),
Lontar Village, Kemiri Subdistrict, Tanggerang District
I - 69
PT PLN (PERSERO)
1.6
STAGES OF DEVELOPMENT PLANS NEW UNIT. PLTU LONTAR UNIT #4 (300 - 400
MW) CREATE A POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
1.6.1
Pre-Construction Of PLTU Lontar Unit #4 (1 x 300-400 MW)
1.6.2
1. Feasibility Study and give Information Activity Plan
2. permissions
Construction Stage Of PLTU Lontar Unit #4 (1 x 300-400 MW)
1. Acceptance of Labor
2. Mobilization of Equipment and Materials
3. Maturation Land
4. Civil Works (Main Building PLTU, Jetty) and Chimney
5. Construction PLTU Lontar Unit # 4 (Electrical Mechanical Works)
6. Development of supporting infrastructure and Landscaping
1.6.3
7. Commissioning Test
Operation Stage of PLTU Lontar Unit #4 and Existing (4 x 315 MW)
2.
3.
4.
1.7
Acceptance of Additional Labor.
Transportation and Coal Piling Up
System ional of coal generator PLTU (Boiler, Turbine and Generator) and
distribution
5. System Use of Water (Desalination)
6. Disposal of cooling water
7. Handling Abu (fly ash and bottom as
8. The operation of waste water treatment plant (WWTP)
9. Handling B3 & Handling Oil spills / oil
10. Operation sanitary waste treatment plant (SWTP)
11. Domestic Waste Management
IMPORTANT IMPACT Of HYPOTHETICAL
1.7.1. Identification of Potential Impact
Identification of potential impacts resulting from the interaction between the
component activity, the initial environmental rona setting, information about
activities around, operational PLTU 3 Banten (3 x 315 MW) and implementation of
the RKL-RPL has been done.. At this stage, the scope of which intended to identify the
environmental impacts (primary, secondary, tertiary which potentially may arise as a
because of development activities development Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW) PLTU 3
Banten (3 x 315 MW). At this stage only inventoried potential impacts that may arise
without regard to the large / small impact or importance least impact. Thereby at this
stage there has been no attempt to assess whether the potential impact of such an
important impact.
I - 70
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTION
Table 1.20. Impact of Identification Matrix
Development Unit #4 (1 x 300-400 MW) PLTU 3 Banten (3 x 315 MW)
PRE-
Component Activities CONSTRUCTI
No
Environmental Components
I
Physical Chemistry
1
Air Quality
2
Noise
3
Water Runoff
4
Sea Water Quality
5
Embankement Water Quality
6
Ground Water Quality
7
Temperature Of Sea Water
8
Land Traffic (Traffic Generation)
9
Sea Traffic:: Interference Fishing Activities
10 Abrasion And Sedimentation
11 Kkop Soekarno-Hatta Airport
II
Biology
1
Biota Land
2
Sea Biota / Embankment
III Social
1
Employment Opportunity And Business Opportunities
2
Public Perception
IV Health
1
Environmental Sanitation
2
Public Health
Note: x : interaction
I. PRE-CONSTRUCTION
1. give Information Activity Plan
2. Feasibility Study and Licensing
1
ON
2
CONSTRUCTION
1
2
3
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
4
x
x
5
6
7
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
3
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1
OPERATIONAL PLTU BANTEN 3 (4 x 315 MW)
x
x
x
II. CONSTRUCTION STAGE
1. Mobilization of manpower
2. Mobilization of equipment and materials
3. land maturation Unit 4 (1 x 315 MW)
4. Civil Works (Main Building, Jetty extension) and chimney
5. Construction PLTU Lontar Unit # 4 (Electrical Mechanical Works)
6. Development of supporting infrastructure (+ landscaping)
7. Commissioning
4
5
6
7
8
9
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
III. STAGE OPERATIONAL
1. Acceptance of additional manpower
2. Transportation, piling up & Coal Handling and jetty
3. Operational Turbine (Burning Coal)
4. System of Use Water (Desalination)
5. Disposal of Bahang waste water
6. Ash Handling (fly ash and bottom ash)
7. The operation of waste water treatment plant (WWTP)
8. Handling B3 & Oil spills
10
x
x
I - 71
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Identification of potential impacts conducted through a series of consultations and
discussions Addendum ANDAL Study Team, RKL-RPL with experts, initiators, the
responsible government institution and affected communities. Public responses to the
announcement of the activities plan in the mass media (newspapers) direct the
opinion delivered at the public consultation is a way to discuss / consult with
community stakeholders.
Additionally, the identification of potential impacts also conducted through a review of
the literature, content analysis, brainstorming, observation / evaluation of public
complaints around, checklists, simple interaction matrix, flowchart, overlay (overlay),
and or field observations (observations). The results of the identification of potential
impact present in a matrix as shown in the following.
Table 1.21. Identification of Potential Impact On Pre-Construction Stage Activity
No.
1
2
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Source of Impact
Feasibility Study & Give
Information Activity Plan
Licensing
Type of Impact
Public Perception
Public Perception
Increase PAD
NATURE OF
IMPACT
IMPACT
CATEGORIES
KOMP.
LINGKUNGAN
Positive
Primer
Sosek
Positive/Negative
Positive
Primer
Primer
Tabel 1.22. Identification of Potential Impact On Stage Construction Activity
Source of Impact
Mobilization of Labor
Mobilization of equipment
and materials
Land maturation Unit 4 (1
x 315 MW)
Civil Works (Main
Building, Jetty extension)
and
Chimney
Construction PLTU Unit # 4
(Electrical Mechanical
Works)
Supporting infrastructure
development and
landscaping
Commissioning
Type of Impact
Domestic wastewater
Sea Water Quality
Solid waste / garbage
Employment opportunities and
business opportunities
Traffic Generation
Decrease in air quality
Increased Intensity Noise
K3 and shipping traffic
Noise intensity
Solid Waste (land spills urug)
Decrease in Marine Water Quality
Marine Biota
K3 Labor & Society
Noise intensity
Disturbance of marine life
Storm water runoff
Puddle
Disorders KKOP Soekarno-Hatta
Airport
Increased Noise intensity
K3
Biota Land and environmental
ethics
NATURE OF
IMPACT
Negative
IMPACT
CATEGORIES
Negative
Positive
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
sanitation
Primer
Negative
Negative
Primer
Primer
Negative
Negative
Primer
KOMP.
LINGKUNGAN
sea water
Secondary
Negative
Primer
Primer
Secondary
Primer
Primer
Primer
Secondary
Secondary
Secondary
Primer
Primer
Secondary
Secondary
Negative
Air
Noise
Sosek
Air
Noise
sanitation
sea water
Biota
Kesmas
Air
Noise
sea water
Biota
Biota
Negative
Primer
Negative
Transportation
Primer
Negative
Primer
Secondary
Primer
Primer
Negative
Sosek
Primer
Primer
Negative
Negative
Positive
sea water
puddle
Kesmas
KKOP Bandara
Soekarno-Hatta
Air
Secondary
Secondary
Negative
Sosek
Sosek
Primer
Primer
Noise
Kesmas
Air
Noise
Air
Noise
sea water
I - 72
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Table 1.23. Identification of Potential Impact On Operation Stage Activity
No.
Source of Impact
Type of Impact
NATURE OF
IMPACT
IMPACT
CATEGORI
ES
Positive
Primer
Sosek
Negative
Secondary
Noise
Negative
secondary
1
Acceptance of
additional manpower
Employment opportunities and
business opportunities
2
Transportation
Systems, Piling up and
Treatment of Coal
Increased Noisy intensity
public perception
Storm water runoff
liquid waste
Decrease in Marine Water
Quality
Biota Sea
Disorders fishing Activity
3
Turbine Operations
(Burning Coal)
public perception
Increased Noisy intensity
oil spills
Public Health Disorders
KKOP Disorders
Soekarno-Hatta Airport
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
System of Water Use
(Desalination)
Cooling water disposal
Handling Ash (fly ash
and bottom ash)
Operasi waste water
treatment plant/WWTP
B3 Waste Management
Operasi sanitary waste
treatment plant/SWTP
Domestic Waste
Management
Decreased Sea water quality
Biota Sea
Sea Water Quality
Biota Sea
Groundwater Quality
Public Health
Sea Water Quality
Biota Sea
Decreased Environmental
Sanitation
Positive/negativ
e
Secondary
Negative
Primer
Negative
Secondary
Negative
Secondary
Negative
Primer
Negative
Primer
Negative
Primer
Negative
secondary
Negative
Primer
Negative
Primer
Negative
secondary
Negative
Primer
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Primer
secondary
Primer
secondary
Negative
secondary
Negative
Primer
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Negative
Primer
Primer
Primer
Primer
Primer
KOMP.
LINGKUNGAN
Sosek
Air
Physical-Chemical
Physical-Chemical
Physical-Chemical
Biota Sea and
Embankment
Sosek
Sosek
Noise
Air Quality
Sea Water
Sosek
KKOP SoekarnoHatta Airport
Sea Water quality
Biota Sea and
Embankment
Biota Land
Biota sea
Water
Public Health
Sea Water
Biota Sea and
Embankment
Sea Water
Sea Water
Environmental
sanitation
Linkages with the potential impact of component activities as a source of impact are presented in
table EvalutionMatrik of Potential Impact Evaluation Matrix as follows.
1.7.2
Evaluation of Potential Impact
The method used in this stage is the interaction group (meetings, workshops, brainstorming), field
surveys, literature, studies of existing studies, discussions between experts and professional
judgment. Evaluation activity of the potential impact of this conducted by considering the results of
I - 73
PT PLN (PERSERO)
consultations and discussions with experts, agencies responsible, as well as stakeholder’s public. In
addition, the criteria used in determining the potential impact evaluation consisted of the following
four questions:
1) Is the load on certain environmental components already high? It can be seen
from the analysis of secondary data or literature study
2) Is the environmental component hold important role in the daily life of the local
community (social and economic value) and other environmental components
(ecological) so that major changes in the conditions of the environmental
components will greatly affect the life of the community and the integrity of the
ecosystem? (the study of pre-survey)
3) Are there any rules or policies is being violated and or exceeded by the impact?
(review of regulations that establish environmental quality standards, quality
standards of emissions / waste, spatial, and so on).
Each potential impact screened with questions above, if one of the questions to
be answered "yes" or "unknown", the environmental component is assessed in
the ANDAL Addendum, RKL-RPL. if all four questions answered no then the
environmental component is not reviewed in ANDAL. All potential impacts
through screening stage as presented in the following table
Tabel 1.24. Evaluation of Potential Impact On Pre-Construction Phase Activity
No.
1
2
SOURCe of IMPACT
Giving Information
Action Plan
Feasibility Study and
Licensing
RECEIVER OF
IMPACT
QUESTION CRITERIA
TYPE OF
IMPACT
1)
community
public perception
Yes
Local
Government
PAD Increased
community
public perception
NO
NO
2)
3)
Yes
Yes
NO
NO
NO
NO
4)
No
NO
NO
studied
Yes
No
No
Description Column:
1) = Is the load on certain environmental components are already high? It can be seen from the analysis of secondary data and
literature or studies or field trips.
2) = Is the environmental components play an important role in the daily life of the local community (social and economic
value) and other environmental components (ecological) so that major changes in the conditions of the environmental
component will greatly affect the life of the community and ecosystem? (the study of pre-survey)
3) = Are there any concerns from the public about the environmental component? (the study of pre-survey).
4)
= Are there any rules or policies are violated and or exceeded by the impact? (review of regulations that establish
environmental quality standards, quality standards of emissions / waste, spatial, and so on).
I - 74
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Table 1.25. Evaluation of Potential Impact On Construction Stage Activity
No.
1
2
3
SOURCe of
IMPACT
Mobilization Labor
& Operational Base
camp
Mobilization of
equipment and
materials land
routes
Mobilization: sea
lanes
Land maturation
Unit 4 (1 x 315 MW)
RECEIVER OF
IMPACT
Employment Opportunity
Environmental
Sanitation
Sea Water
Public Perception
Community
Community
6
7
Mechanical
Electrical Work
Supporting
infrastructure
development
Landscaping: RTH
Commissioning
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Noise
Increased Intensity Noisy
No
Yes
No
Worker
Community
Sea
Traffic
Safety
Air
Noise
Environmental
Sanitation
Water Surface
Worker
Community
Ambient Air
Noise
Sea Water
Surface Water
Environmental
Sanitation
Kkop
SoekarnoHatta Airport
Community /
Labor
Ambient Air
And Noise
Biota Land
Ambient Air &
Noise
Air Laut
K3 Workers
Safety Cruise
The Decline In Air Quality
Solid Waste (Land Spills
Urug)
Channel Water Quality
Vegetation Cover
Increased Runoff
K3 Workers
Decrease Seawater
Quality
Channel Water Quality
Disturbance Water Biota
Drainage System
(Channel Capability)
Puddle / Flood
Disorders Kkop
Comfort, Health Worker
& Community
& Community
& Community
The Decline In The
Quality Of Sea Water
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
4)
Yes
Air
Surface Water
5
Public Perception
3)
Transportation
Aquatic Biota
Development
Chimney
Business Opportunities
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
studied
2)
The Decline In The
Quality Of Sea Water
Traffic Generation
Ground
Civil Works (Main
Building Power
Plant): extension /
capacity Jetty
QUESTION CRITERIA
1)
Community
Biota Land
4
TYPE OF IMPACT
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Description Column:
2) = Is the environmental components play an important role in the daily life of the local community (social and economic
value) and other environmental components (ecological) so that major changes in the conditions of the environmental
component will greatly affect the life of the community and the integrity of the ecosystem? (the study of pre-survey)
3) = Are there any concerns from the public about the environmental component? (the study of pre-survey).
4) = Are there any rules or policies are violated and or exceeded by the impact? (review of regulations that establish
environmental quality standards, quality standards of emissions / waste, spatial, and so on).
I - 75
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Tabel 1.26. Evaluation of Potential Impact On Stage Activity Operations
No.
1
2
SUMBER DAMPAK
Acceptance Of
Additional Labor
Transportation
And Piling Up Coal
Jetty
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Operational System
Generator: Burning
Coal
Water Usage
System
(Desalination)
Cooling Water
Discharge
Handling Abu (Fly
Ash And Bottom
Ash)
Operation Waste
Water Treatment
Plant (WWTP)
Handling B3 &
Handling Spills
Oil/ Oil
Operation Sanitary
Waste Treatment
Plant (SWTP)
PENERIMA
DAMPAK
COMMUNITY
Sea Water Quality
Biota Sea
Surface Water
Quality
Public Health
Socio-Economic
Groundwater
Quality
Physical-Chemical:
Coastal
Morphology
Air
Noise
Public Health
Ground
Aviation
Safety
Soekarno-Hatta
Airport (KKOP)
Sea Water Quality
Sea Water Quality
Groundwater
Quality
Sea Water Quality
An Embankment
Seawater Quality
&Biota Sea
Groundwater Quality
Surface Water
Quality
Seawater Quality
&Biota Sea
Environmental
Sanitation
JENIS DAMPAK
Employment Opportunity
Business Opportunities
Sea Water Quality
Biota Sea
Embankment Water
Quality & Biota
Embankment
Public Health
Fishing Activities
Risk Seepage Lindi/
Leachate From Coal Yard
Abrasion And
Sedimentation
Air Quality
Noise
Public Health
Oil Spills
Height Of The Chimney
On Flight Safety
Disorders SoekarnoHatta Airport
Seawater Quality
Decrease &Biota Sea
Seawater Quality
Decrease &Biota Sea
Risk Seepage Lindi /
Leachate From Ash Yesrd
/ Leachate From Ash
Yard
Seawater Quality
Decrease & Embankment
Seawater Quality
Decrease & Biota Sea
Groundwater Quality
Embankment Water
Quality
Seawater Quality
Decrease & Biota Sea
Decrease Environmental
Sanitation
KRITERIA PERTANYESAN
1)
2)
3)
4)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
DIKAJI
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Domestic Waste
Management
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
domestic Waste
Management
Description Column:
2) = Is the environmental components play an important role in the daily life of the local community (social and economic value) and
other environmental components (ecological) so that major changes in the conditions of the environmental component will
greatly affect the life of the community and the integrity of the ecosystem? (the study of pre-survey)
3) = Are there any concerns from the public about the environmental component? (public consultation).
4) = Are there any rules or policies are violated and or exceeded by the impact? (review of regulations that establish environmental
quality standards, quality standards of emissions / waste, spatial, and so on)
I - 76
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTION
HYPOTHETICAL
SIGNIIFICANT IMPACT
POTENTIAL IMPACT
A. PRA-CONTRUCTION PHASE
01. Community perception
Other Activity in
Surrounding
DESCRIPTION PLAN
ACTIVITY
1. PRA-CONTRUCTION
PHASE
2. CONSTRUCTION PHASE
3. OPERATION PHASE
IDENTIFICATION
OF POTENTIAL
IMPACT
DESCRIPTION COMPONENTS
PRELIMINARY
ENVIRONMENTAL RONA
1. GEOPHYSICALCHEMICAL
2. BIOLOGY
3. SOCIAL-CULTURAL
4. KESMAS/KESLING
ADVICE,OPINION AND
RESPONSE COMMUNITY
MATRIKS
METHOD
B. Construction Phase
01. Air Quality
02. Noise
03. Sea Water Quality
04. Biota Sea
05. Water Runoff
06. Traffic Generating
07. Biota Land
08. Employment and Business
Opportunities
09. Level of Income
10. Community Perceptions
11. Public Health
12. Environmental Heal
13. KKOP Bandara Soetta
C. Operation Phase
01. Air quality
02. Noise
03. Quality of Ground Water
04. Quality of Sea Water
05. Quality of Surface Water
06. Abrasion and Sedimentation
07. Trffict Generating
08. Liquid Waste Water
09. Bahang Waste
10. B3 Waste
11. Solid Waste/Trash
12. Biota Land
Opportunities
14. Environmental Sanitation
Figure 1.11. Flow Chart Scoping Process
A. PRA-CONSTRUCTION
PHASE
EVALUATION
POTENTIAL
IMPACT
BASE ON ABOVE :
DISSCUSTION
BETWEEN EXPERT
LITERATURE
STUDY
AREA SURVEY
PROFFESIONAL
JUDGEMENT
B. CONSTRUCTION PHASE
01. Water Runoff and Puddle
Opportunities
03. Air Quality
04. Noise
05. Traffic Generating
07. Biota Sea
08. Biota Land
09. Environmental Sanitation
10. Public Health
C. Operation Phase
01. Air Quality
02. Noise
03. Quality of Ground Water
04. Quality of Surface Water/
Pond
06. Abrasion and Sedimentation
07. Biota Land & Pond
08. Liquid Waste
09. Bahang Waste
10. B3 Waste
11. Slid Waste/Trash
12. Biota Land
Opportunities
14. Public Health
15. Persepsi Masyarakat
I - 77
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTION
No
1.
2.
3.
Table 1.27. Summary of Significant Impact against Forecast Method Hypothetical Development Unit #4 (1 x 300 – 400 MW)
Decrase of Air Quality
Increase of Noise
Decrease of Surface Water Quality
5.
Traffict Disruption
Sosekbudkesmas (emergence of
unrest and Public Perception,
Social Interaction, Public Health
and Sanitation)
Data Collection
Analysis Data
Dusr/Particle
SNI 19-7119-3-2005
Quality Standart PPRI No. 41/1999
CO
COx meter ex Bata
Nox
SNI 19-2966-1992
Noise
SNI 19-1654-1989
Raw Noise Level Kep-48/ MENLH/ XI/
1996
BOD
SNI 06-2503-1991
TSS
COD
Oil and Fat
4.
Metode
Parameter
Hypothetical Important Impact
Traffict Daily Average
V/C Racio
The number of workers who
work and effort in the
project
SNI 06-6989.3-2004
SNI 06-6989.15-2004
HACH
Field Observation
Field Observation
Field observations, interviews, and
questionnaires
Banyaknya konflik social
yang terjadi
questionnaires
Community Perceiption
Interview and Questionaires
The Economic Condition of
the Community
Healt of People
questionnaires
questionnaires
Field observations and
questionnaires
Quantitative analysis of traffic volume
Quantitative analysis of traffic volume
Qualitative and quantitative analysis
Forecast of Impact
Matematic
C
Q.s
u. z
Matematic
C
Q.s
u. z
Causative and Holistic Method
Q.s
C
u.z
Matematic
Matematic
Q0C0 = Q1C1 + Q2C2
Matematic
Q0C0 = Q1C1 + Q2C2
Matematic
Q0C0 = Q1C1 + Q2C2
Matematic
Lp2  Lp1  10log
Evaluation Impact
r2
r1
Matematic
Q0C0 = Q1C1 + Q2C2
LHR Matematic
MatematiV
V/C racio
Profesional Judgement by Sosekbud
Expert
Expert
Expert
Expert
Expert
Expert
I - 78
PT PLN (PERSERO)
1.8 STUDY BORDARIES AREA
1.8.1 Project Boundaries
Project boundary to define space and horizon study time Addendum Andal, RKL-RPK
development activities Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW) power plant 3 Banten (3 x 315 MW) is
applied based on the physical boundaries of a place that will be used include land boundary
power plant project site of 133.003 ha.
North Side
East Side
West Side
1.8.2
South Side
Ecological Boundaries
:
Jav Sea
:
Pond of People – S. Cimanceuri
:
:
Pond of People
Road Section Kronjo-Settlement-Kebun Campuran
Ecological limit is wide spread impact of plant activity 3 Banten according waste transport
medium (dispersion spread of temperature / temperature of the sea water and the spread of
exhaust gases from smokestacks) where natural processes that take place in the chamber is
expected to undergo a fundamental change.
Dispersion spread of temperature (temperature) water from waste heat power plant exhaust
outlet is determined by the speed and direction of flow of the coastal waters of the Java Sea
and the direction and speed of the flow that is released by the water coming out of the estuary
south Cimanceuri at the project site and the river on the east side Cileuleus project siteIn
addition to the existence of the means inflows barge on the west outlet of waste heat will
affect the temperature of the water dispersion deployment. Thus the dispersion spread of the
water temperature in the waters of the Java Sea, predominantly to the north as far as ± 1 km
from the power plant waste water outlet and ± 1.0 km to the east, will limit the boundaries of
ecological studies waters.
The dominant wind direction coming from west to east and from north to south, airspace with
limits ± 6 km radius from the center point of the chimney mainly to the northeast are
expected to be affected by particulate and gas emissions from power plants, while at a
distance above 6 km, the spread of particulate and gas has declined.
Dispersion spread of noise has a smaller range (microeconomic) compared with the spread
dispersion and dispersion of exhaust emissions are within the spread of temperature and
1.8.3
ecological boundary waters and air, so it is not shown in Figure 1.12.
Social Boundaries
Social boundaries is space around the business plan and / or activities which is the venue for
a variety of social interactions that contain certain norms and values that have been
I - 79
PT PLN (PERSERO)
established (including system and social structure), in accordance with the social dynamics of
a group of people who are expected to undergo fundamental changes as a result of a business
plan and / or activities. Social boundaries of people's lives around the power plant 3 Banten
characterized by employment and business opportunities created by the power plant 3
Banten activities in a sustainable manner. The space includes the villages where the power
plant project site is located in the Kemiri District, namely: Lontar Village and Karanganyar
1.8.4
Village.
Boundaries Administration
Administrative boundaries defined by the limits of public administration at the location of
activities. Administrative boundaries are determined by the areas which are the rules of
administration is linked to the location of the power plant project plan activities 3 Banten, the
District Pecan Tangerang.
1.9 TIME LIMITS OF STUDY
1.9.1
Pra-Construction Phase
Time limit is the study of pre-construction phase during the development process of Unit # 4
1.9.2
and acquisition-related licensing.
Construction Phase
Time limit is the studies of the construction phase during construction activities take place,
1.9.3
approximately 36 months.
Operation Phase
Time limit study commercial operation phase 3 Banten power plant with an installed power 4
1.9.4
x (300-400) MW was in late 2016 to the operational life of Unit # 4
State Post-Operation
Limit time in the study of post-operative phase is after 30 years of operational life Banten
power plant 3 (4 x 315 MW).
I - 80
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTION
ADENDUM ANDAL, RKL - RPL
PENGEMBANGAN PLTU LONTAR
UNIT #4 (1 x 315 MW)
700 m
0m
ILUSTRATION
Project Boundaries
Ecology Boundaries
Administration Boundaries
Social Boundaries
Study Area Boundaries
Figure1.12. Boundaries Study Area
I - 81
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTION
No
I
II
DESCRIPTION OF THE
POTENTIAL TO
CREATE A PLAN OF
ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACT
PRA-COBTRUCTION
PHASE
The submission of
information to the
public about
development plans and
related institutions
Unit # 4
ENVIRONMENTAL
MANAGEMENT SINCE THE
BEGINNING OF THE
ALREADY PLANNED AS
PART OF THE ACTION
PLAN
CSR programs
Implementation
Table 1.28. Summary of Scoping Process
AFFECTED
ENVIRONMEN
T
COMPONENTS
SCOOPING
HYPOTHETICAL
SIGNIFICANT
IMPACT (DPH)
POTENTIAL
IMPACT
POTENTIAL IMPACT
EVALUATION
People
Perceptions
Positive and
Negative of
People Perception
The
plant
submission
information
Unit
#
4
conducted to obtain public input
and suggestions related agencies
Employment
and business
opportunities
Employment and
business
opportunities
Job Opportunities are expected
by society
DPH
People positive
perception
People positive
perception
DPH
Sea Water
Quality
Decrease of
Quality of sea
water
People positive perception is
secondary
impact
from
employment opportunities
DPH
STUDY
BOUNDARIES
AREA
Lontar village
and
Karanganyar
Kemiri
subdistrict
TIME
LIMITS OF
STUDY
1 month
CONTRUCTION PHASE
Mobilization of labor
1
Base camp operation
Allocation of local labor
according to ability and
needs
Biota Waters
Environmental
Sanitation
Decrease of biota
waters
Decrease of
environmental
sanitation
Base camp will be equipped
portable toilet facilities, domestic
waste water is not directly
released into the sea
The decline of aquatic biota is
derived from sea water quality
deterioration
Garbage is collected and
disaggregated by type: organic
and inorganic. Garbage is
collected in the existing TPS, and
periodically transported to the
landfill.
Not DPH
Lontar village
and
Karanganyar
Kemiri
subdistrict
Lontar village
and
Karanganyar
Kemiri
subdistrict
1 month
1 month
Not DPH
Not DPH
I - 82
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTION
No
II
2
ENVIRONMENTAL
DESCRIPTION OF THE
MANAGEMENT SINCE
POTENTIAL TO CREATE A
THE BEGINNING OF THE
PLAN OF ENVIRONMENTAL
ALREADY PLANNED AS
IMPACT
PART OF THE ACTION
PLAN
CONTRUCTION PHASE
Mobilization of the tool
Mobilization and
and work material by road
demobilization of
(roads Kronjo)
equipment
heavy (heavy
equipment)
will follow
Decision of the
Director General of
Land No. SK.726 /
AJ.307 / DRJD /
2004 Technical
Guidelines for the
Implementation of
Transport
Equipment On the
Road
Coordinate with the
Tangerang District
Department of
Transportation
SCOOPING
AFFECTED
ENVIRONMENT
COMPONENTS
Decrease of
Air Quality
Decrease of
healt
community
Decrase of
enveronmenta
l sanitation
Traffic land
Generation
Tool mobilization by sea
POTENTIAL
IMPACT
Traffic land
Generation
Coordination with
port administrator
POTENTIAL IMPACT EVALUATION
HYPOTHETICAL
SIGNIFICANT
IMPACT (DPH)
Vehicle emissions mobilization of
materials potentially degrade air
quality
DPH
The decline in health is a secondary
effect of the decline
air quality
DPH
The possibility of spilled material
from the vehicle to the road would
be prevented by supplementing
with covered truck. If there is
spilled material falling onto the
road, will soon be cleared by the
contracting officer
Mobilization procedure referred
to SK Director General of Land No:
SK.726 / AJ.307 / DRJD / 2004
and in coordination with the
Department of Transportation,
but maneuvering the vehicle
length (tronton) may cause
interference to traffic safety. Thus
traffic disruption classed
hypothetical important impact.
Frequency mobilization tools and
working materials by sea 1-2 trips
per month.
STUDY
BOUNDA
RIES
AREA
TIME LIMITS OF
STUDY
1 day, with
assuming
Mobilizatio
emissions
n pathways
vehicle
vehicle
the same material
material
in every
day
Lontar
village
and
Karangan
6 month
yar
Kemiri
subdistri
ct
Not DPH
DPH
Kronjo
road
1 day, with
assuming
emissions
vehicle
the same material
in every
day
Not DPH
I - 83
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTION
No
DESCRIPTION OF THE
POTENTIAL TO CREATE
A PLAN OF
ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACT
ENVIRONMENTAL
BEGINNING OF THE
ALREADY PLANNED AS
PART OF THE ACTION
PLAN
SCOOPING
AFFECTED
ENVIRONMENT
COMPONENTS
POTENTIAL
IMPACT
II
CONTRUCTION PHASE
3
Land maturation of PLTU
Unit #4
Sea water quality
Decrease of sea
water quality
4
Civil Works (Main
Building Power Plant):
Extension / Increased
jetty capacity
Sea water quality
Decrease of sea
water quality
Biota waters
Chimney Development
Construction of the power
plant chimney Unit # 4
refer to the Letter of
Recommendation from
the Director General Air
Transportation AU.929 /
DTBU.129 / II / 2007
Operational Flight
Safety Zone
(KKOP) SoekarnoHatta Airport
Decrease of
biota waters
quality
Disruption of
GOP
POTENTIAL IMPACT
EVALUATION
HYPOTHETICAL
SIGNIFICANT
IMPACT (DPH))
STUDY
BOUNDARIES
AREA
TIME LIMITS
OF STUDY
Among the plant area Unit
# 4 with the existing
drainage channels there is
still vacant land with crop
cover (cover-crop). This
serves to hold the cover
Not DPH
crop soil granules may be
derived from the power
plant site preparation
activities Unit # 4, so that
they will not enter the soil
grains to channel
dredging jetty extension is
done after the installation of
the groove wall so that the
TSS does not spread to the
surrounding waters. TSS
conditions waters around the Not DPH
power plant is still low (1142 mg / l; Environment
Quality Standards Decree No.
51/2004 Appendix I: TSS =
80 mg / l)
The decline in the quality of
aquatic biota is a secondary
Not DPH
effect of the decline in the
quality of the sea water
above, instead of DPH
The amount of height that
can be allowed +127meter
AGL ( Above Grouud Level ) or
+ 124,.545 meter AES
(Aerodrome Elevation System )
or + 13l
meter MSL (Mean Sea Level)
Not DPH
I - 84
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTION
No
II
5
6
DESCRIPTION OF THE
ENVIRONMENTAL
POTENTIAL TO CREATE
A PLAN OF
BEGINNING OF THE
ENVIRONMENTAL
ALREADY PLANNED AS PART
IMPACT
OF THE ACTION PLAN
CONTRUCTION PHASE
Mechanical Electrical
Work
Supporting
infrastructure
development
Implementation of the work
according to the procedures
and standards set
SCOOPING
AFFECTED
ENVIRONMENT
COMPONENTS
K3
Risk of K3
The air quality in
the area of work
construction
Decrease of air
quality
Intensity noise of
construction
work area
Landscaping: RTH and
park
7
Commissioning
Green open space (RTH)
refers to the RTH in
Tangerang Spatial
Regulation No. 1/2007 on
Spatial Planning of Urban
Green Open
Regulation of the Minister
of Public Works No.
05/2008 on Guidelines for
the Provision and Use of
Green Open Space in
Urban Areas
POTENTIAL
IMPACT
Biota Land &
Aesthetics &
Environmental
Health
Air quality
Noise of intensity
Quality of sea
water
Increase intensity
of noise
Biota Land &
Aesthetics &
Environmental
Health (micro
climate
amelioration)
Decrase of air
quality
Increase of
intensity of noise
Decrease of sea
water quality
POTENTIAL IMPACT
EVALUATION
Standards used: SNI and
international standards
Supporting
infrastructure
development required
using equipment that
has passed the emission
test
Supporting
infrastructure
development required
using equipment with
noise levels fulfilled
quality standards
Discipline the use of
equipment K3 workers
RTH will use a variety
of plants that have the
potential to absorb air
pollutants, water and
soil
Testing the
performance of the
system and the
generation of emissions
and waste handling
systems
HYPOTHETICAL
SIGNIFICANT
IMPACT (DPH))
STUDY
BOUNDARIES
AREA
TIME LIMITS
OF STUDY
Around
Tread PLTU
and access
road
6 month
Not DPH
Not DPH
Not DPH
Not DPH
DPH
Not DPH
Not DPH
Not DPH
I - 85
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTION
No
III
1
2
DESCRIPTION OF
THE POTENTIAL TO
CREATE A PLAN OF
ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACT
ENVIRONMENTAL
BEGINNING OF THE
ALREADY PLANNED AS
PART OF THE ACTION PLAN
OPERATION PHASE
Acceptance of
additional labour
Transportation
(loading-unloading jetty
area), Hoarding &
Handling Coal
Wastewater / water
treatment WWTP runoff from
stockpiles / coal yard
Building of jetty
3
4
The use of coastal protection
and vegetation in an area
prone to many areas abraded
dredging tersedimentasi
Turbine operational
(burning of coal)
Usage Water System
(Desalination)
Desalination unit using
filtration
SCOOPING
AFFECTED
ENVIRONMENT
COMPONENTS
OTENTIAL
IMPACT
POTENTIAL IMPACT
EVALUATION
Job opportunities are expected
by
community
HYPOTHETICAL
SIGNIFICANT
IMPACT (DPH)
Employment
opportunity
Employment
opportunity
Perceptions of
community
Positive perception of the
Positive perception
secondary effects of
of community
employment
DPH
Air quality
Decrease of air
quality
DPH
Sea water quality
Decrease of sea
water quality
Ground water
quality
The morphology of
the beach around
the PLTU
Decrease of
Ground water
quality
Changes in flow
patterns,
Abrasion and
sedimentation
The decrease in air quality
around the jetty on the loadingunloading of coal in the
dominant wind direction
Coal spills when loadingunloading of coal can reduce the
quality of sea water
A secondary impact of storm
water runoff stockpile
DPH
DPH
DPH
The existence of potentially
jetty to changes in flow patterns
and erosion and sedimentation
DPH
DPH
Air quality
The decrease air
quality from
stack emissions
Emissions from power plant
chimney potentially reduce
ambient air quality
Sea water quality
Decrease of sea
water quality
Disposal of waste water from
the desalination of sea water
can degrade the quality of
DPH
STUDY
BOUNDARIE
S AREA
Lontar village
and
Karanganyar
Kemiri
subdistrict
Lontar village
and
Karanganyar
Kemiri
subdistrict
The waters
around the
jetty
The waters
around the
jetty
In the PLTU
area
In a radius of
± 500 m on
either side of
the jetty
Area within a
radius of ± 1
km
from the
chimney
power plant
The waters
around the
outlet of
waste water
desalination
TIME LIMITS OF
STUDY
1 month
1 month
1 day, assuming
equal loading and
unloading of coal
every day.
1 day, assuming
equal loading and
unloading of coal
every day.
6 month
6 month
1 day, with
assuming
emissions
from chimney
The same power
plant in every
day.
1 day, assuming
the same volume
of waste water
desalination in
every day.
I - 86
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTION
No
III
DESCRIPTION OF THE
POTENTIAL TO CREATE
A PLAN OF
ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACT
ENVIRONMENTAL
BEGINNING OF THE
ALREADY PLANNED AS
DARI RENCANA KEGIATAN
5
6
Handling of fly ash & bottom
ash
Circulation cooling system
using a cooling tower
Ash management using EP
Abu utilized by 3rd party
as a raw material
(Cement)
8
AFFECTED
ENVIRONMENT
COMPONENTS
POTENTIAL IMPACT
EVALUATION
HYPOTHETICAL
SIGNIFICANT
IMPACT (DPH)
STUDY
BOUNDARIES
AREA
TIME LIMITS OF
STUDY
Area waters ±
1 km radius
from the
point of
discharge of
waste water
heat
(condenser
outfall)
1 day, assuming
the volume of
wastewater
the heat
released to the
the same waters
in the everyday
OPERATION PHASE
Disposal of waste water
heat from the cooling
system / condenser
7
SCOOPING
HYPOTHETICAL
SIGNIFICANT
IMPACT (DPH)
Operating wastewater
treatment plant
(WWTP)
Handling of B3 & Oil spills
B3 waste management
with the creation of TPS /
Warehouse B3 will be
equipped permissions
from KLH
Suhu air laut
Increased sea
temperatures, the
secondary
impacts on biota
Air quality
Decrease air
quality
Quality of
ground water
Decrease of
ground water
quality
The quality of
sea water and
pond
secondary
impacts on
biota
The decline in the
quality of sea
water and pond
secondary
impacts on biota
Quality of sea
water
Decrease of sea
water quality
Water waste heat
released into the
waters of 38C
temperature will
increase the
temperature of the sea
water receiver and the
biota
Hoarding ash in the
ash yard potentially
reduce
ambient air quality in
the dominant wind
direction
The risk of leachate
seepage / leachate
from ash yard
potentially degrade the
quality of shallow
groundwater
Waste water from the
WWTP are released
into the water
potential
degrade the quality of
sea water and ponds
and water biota
Waste if carried
rainwater runoff
potential
degrade the quality of
sea water
DPH
DPH
DPH
DPH
DPH
Around ash
yards Area on
the dominant
wind
direction
3 month
Areas around
PLTU in the
direction of
groundwater
flow
6 month
In the area of
TPS /
Warehouse
B3
3 month
Waters area ±
1 km radius
from the
point of
waste water
disposal
1 day, with
assuming the
volume
wastewater
WWTP which
released to the
the same waters
in every day.
I - 87
PT PLN (PERSERO)
INTRODUCTION
No
DESCRIPTION OF
THE POTENTIAL
TO CREATE A
PLAN OF
ENVIRONMENTAL
IMPACT
8
Handling B3
waste & Oil spills
9
1 day, with
assuming the
volume
wastewater
WWTP which
released to the
the same waters
in every day.
10
Domestic Waste
Management
ENVIRONMENTAL
BEGINNING OF THE
ALREADY PLANNED AS
DARI RENCANA KEGIATAN
Handling used oil refers
BAPEDAL Kepka
Environment No.
255/1996, on Procedures
and Requirements Storage
and Collection of Used
Lubricating Oils.
Waste oil spills from the
treatment plant facilities
processed at the oil
separator installation
Contaminted Oil
Treatment Plant
Domestic waste is
processed in Sanitary
Sewage Treatment Plant
(STP)
Waste management refers
to Regulation No. 33/2010
on Guidelines for Waste
Management. Domestic
waste is transported to
the landfill by the
contractor of the required
coordination with the
Department of Hygiene
and Tangerang District
PELINGKUPAN
AFFECTED
ENVIRONMENT
COMPONENTS
Quality of sea water
Quality of sea water
Environmental
sanitation
HYPOTHETICAL
SIGNIFICANT
IMPACT (DPH)
Decrease of sea
water
POTENTIAL IMPACT
EVALUATION
Oil spills) when
carried by storm
water runoff has the
potential to degrade
the quality of sea
water
Decrease of sea
water
Waste water from
zat released into the
waters potentially
degrade the quality
of sea water
Decrease of
environmental
sanitation
Daily domestic waste
generation has the
potential to decrease
the environmental
sanitation and
habitat for disease
vectors (flies and
mice)
HYPOTHETICAL
SIGNIFICANT
IMPACT (DPH)
DPH
DPH
DPH
STUDY
BOUNDARIES
AREA
Area water at
the outlet of
Oil
Contaminated
wastewater
Treatment
Plant
Area waters
on waste
water outlet of
SST
TPS domestic
waste Area
TIME LIMITS OF
STUDY
1 day, with
assuming the
volume
wastewater
Contaminated
Oil Treatment
Plant
released to the
the same waters
in every day.
1 day, with
assuming the
volume
wastewater
STTP
released to the
the same waters
in every day.
1 day, with
assuming the
volume
wastewater
TPS the
transported to
same landfill
in every day.
I - 88
PT PLN (PERSERO)
CHAPTER II
PRELIMINARY OF ENVIRONMENTAL RONA
2015
PT PLN (PERSERO)
PRELIMINARY ENVIRONMENTAL RONA
CHAPTER II
2.1. COMPONENTS GEO-PHYSICAL-CHEMICAL
2.1.1. Geographic circumstances
The district of Tangerang is located in a strategic position is in the eastern part of the
province of Banten at coordinates 106 ° 20'-106 ° 43 'east longitude and 6 ° 00'-6 °
00-6 ° 20' south latitude (Figure 2.1a). Wide area The district of Tangerang 959.61
km² or 95.961 acres, plus a beach reclamation area with an area of ± 9,000 acres,
with a coastline ± 51 kilometers with the territorial boundaries as follows:
North: Bordering the Java Sea (with a coastline ± 50 km2);
East: Bordered by Jakarta and Tangerang City;
South: Bordered by Bogor and Depok;
West: Bordering the Serang District and Lebak.
The distance between the Tangerang District with Government of the Republic of
Indonesia (Jakarta) about 30 km, which can be reached by a half-hour. Keduanya is
connected with traffic lane freeway land (road TOL) Jakarta - Merak which became
the main traffic lanes economy between Java and Sumatra.
Geographical position bordering The district of Tangerang with Jakarta became one
of Tangerang regency potential to develop into a buffer area of the State Capital.
Proximity with the capital and as a gateway between Banten and Jakarta, it will lead
to interaction, which fosters interdepedensi phenomena that have an impact on the
onset of growth in a region.
II - 1
PT PLN (PERSERO)
EXTENSION UNIT 4 (1 x 315 MW)
PLTU LONTAR (3x 1 MW)
Figure 2.1a. Map The district of
Tangerang Administration
SUMBER PETA:
FOTO UDARA
2005 – 2008
DINAS TATA
RUANG
KABUPATEN
TANGERANG
HASIL ANALISIS
II - 2
PT PLN (PERSERO)
2.1.2. Flight Operations Safety Zone (KKOP) International Airport Jakarta SoekarnoHatta Airport, Tangerang
Zone Safety and Flight Operations (KKOP) is land and / or waters and airspace around
airports are used for flight operations. KKOP is measured and determined with the
starting point on the airport master plan. KKOP consists of:
1. Definition Region landings and takeoffs;
2. Areas of possible danger of accidents
3. The area under the horizontal surface in
4. The area under the horizontal surface of the outer
5. The area under the surface of the cone
6. The area under the transition surface.
KKOP specified in the Regulation of the Minister of Transportation KM No. 14 of 2010
on KKOP around Jakarta International Airport Soekarno-Hatta. The boundaries of
these KKOP dioverlay with the administrative map the surrounding area. So that can
be known which areas are included in KKOP (Trihastuti, 2011).
a. Landings and Takeoffs Definition Area
The edge of this region coincides with the the ends of the main surface, within 60 m of
the end of the runway with a width of 300 m. This area extends out regularly, with the
center line is an extension of the axis of the runway, up to 4,800 m wide at a distance of
15,000 m horizontally from the end of the main surface.
Approach Zone and Take Off, includes:
Tangerang City
: Benda subdistrict, subdistrict. Periuk the north;
The district of Tangerang : Kosambi subdistrict southern. Periuk subdistrict.
Sepatan subdistrict. Pasar Kemis;
North Jakarta municipality: Penjaringan Subdistrict
b. Possible Danger Zone Accident
Areas of possible danger of accidents is partly Definition area landings and takeoffs
directly adjacent to the ends of the main surface has been determined. The edge from
this region coincides with the the end of the main surface, with a width of 300 m, from
the edge in this area extends outward regular, with the diameters is an extension from
the center line of the runway to the width 1,500 m and a horizontal distance of 4,000
II - 3
PT PLN (PERSERO)
m from end surface. Project site is located in the region of Possible Danger Zone
Accidents.
Area of possible danger of accidents, including:
Tangerang City
: Benda subdistrict, Neglasari subdistrict;
North Jakarta municipality
: Kalideres subdistrict.
The district of Angering
: Sepatan subdistrict;
c. Subsurface Horizontal in Regions
Region under the horizontal surface is determined by a circle with the a radius of
4000 m from the midpoint of each end of the main surfaceand draw a line tangent to
two adjacent circles and the region does not include the region Definition landing and
takeoff, Take-off area and the area under the surface of the transition. Project location
in the region below the horizontal surface area.
Region under the horizontal surface of the includes:
Tangerang City
Tangerang District
: Benda subdistrict, Batu Ceper subdistrict,t. subdistrict
Tangerang northern, subdistrict Karawaci northern ,
Neglasari subdistrict
: subdistrict Kosambi southern, subdistrict Teluk Naga to
the south, and Sepatan subdistrict;
d. Regions in Subsurface Horizontal Outer
The area below the outer horizontal surface is determined by a circle with a radius of
15,000 m from the midpoint of each end of the main surface and draw a circle tangent
to both adjacent and This area does not include areas Definition landing and takeoff,
takeoff area and the area under the surface of the cone.
Region under the horizontal surface of outer includes:
Tangerang City
Tangerang District
West Jakarta Municipality
North Jakarta municipality
: Cipondoh subdistrict, Karang Tengah subdistrict,
Ciledug subdistrict, Larangan subdistrict , Pinang
subdistrict,
Tangerang
subdistrict,
Karawaci
subdistrict, Periuk subdistrict, Jatiuwung subdistrict,
Cibodas subdistrict
: Curug Subdistrict , Cikupa Subdistrict, Rajeg
Subdistrict, Sukadiri Subdistrict, Mauk Subdistrict,
Pakuhaji Subdistrict, Teluk Naga Subdistrict,
Kosambi Subdistrict;
: Kembangan Subdistrict, Cengkareng Subdistrict;
: Penjaringan Subdistrict.
II - 4
PT PLN (PERSERO)
e. Subsurface Cone in Region
This area is determined from the outer edge of the region under in the horizontal
surface extends outward to a distance of 2,000 m.
The area below the cone surface, includes:
Tangerang City
Tangerang District
f.
:
Batu Ceper Subdistrict, Tangerang Subdistrict,
Karawaci Subdistrict, Periuk Subdistrict;
:
West Jakarta Municipality :
Subdistrict Sepatan, Pakuhaji Subdistrict,
Naga Subdistrict, Kosambi Subdistrict;
Subsurface Transition in Region
Kalideres Subdistrict, Cengkareng western
Teluk
Subsurface transition region is determined from the inner edge of this region coincides
with the long side of the main surface, side area of the landing and takeoff Definition well
as side take-off area, This region extends to the outside until the 315M horizontal distance
from the long side of the main surface
Kelow the surface of the transition region includes
Tangerang City
: Benda Subdistrict, Neglasari Subdistrict, Subdistrict
Tangerang District
: Sepatan Subdistrict .
Periuk northern
Lontar PLTU development is the accelerated development of power plants that use
coal, based on Presidential Decree No. 71 of 2006 on Assignment to PT PLN To
Perform Accelerated Development Power Plant Using Coal. Lontar At first the planned
PLTU development located in Tangerang District Teluknaga, however, forced to be
shifted to the Lontar Village, District Kemiri, because managers Soekarno-Hatta
Airport, PT Angkasa Pura II reject. Because, located in the region safety of flight
operations (KKOP). Because the chimney reached 150 meters, so it is feared would
interfere with vision and interfere with the flight path (Taufik-Head of Spatial, Spatial
Planning and Land Tangerang District in the Banten Radar, March 12, 2008 edition).
Based on the Regulation of the Minister of Transportation No. KM 14 in 2010, about
the Flight Operations Safety Zone Around Jakarta International Airport SoekarnoHatta; Lontar plant location (3 x 315 MW) the Lontar Village Tangerang District
District of Kemiri are not in the KKOP region (Figure 2.1b). Potential region disrupt
flights (Figure 2.1c) not including Kemiri sub-district, thus well as a map overlay
KKOP with building (Figure 2.1d), the outer limit scope to the subdistrict Mauk.
II - 5
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Figure 2.1b. Map of Regions Regional
Safety Flight Operations (KKOP) SoekarnoHatta Airport
Sumber: PerMenhub No. KM 14/2010
dalam Trihastuti, 2011 (Tesis Magister
Geografi FMIPA-UI)
II - 6
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Figure 2.1c. Disruptive Potential Area
Maps Flight Operations Soekarno-Hatta
Airport
Geografi FMIPA-UI)
II - 7
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Figure 2.1d. Disruptive Potential Area
Maps Flight Operations Soekarno-Hatta
Airport
Geografi FMIPA-UI)
II - 8
PT PLN (PERSERO)
2.1.3. Topography State Area
Most of the Tangerang region is lowland, where most of the Tangerang region have
relatively flat topography with an average slope 0-3% and the height of land between
0-50 meters above sea level.
In the northern part of the ground altitude ranges between 0-25 meters above sea
level, namely Teluk Naga, Mauk, Kemiri, Sukadiri, Grantham, Kronjo, Pasarkemis, and
Sepatan. While in the middle of the south elevation of the land reaches more than 25
meters above sea level.
Under these conditions the soil height Tangerang region consists of two plains, ie 44
595 hectares or 40.16% are at ground level 0-25 m and 66 443 ha or 59.84% are at
ground level 26-50 meters above sea level. This situation illustrates that the land area
of Tangerang Regency mostly located at the height of land between 0-25 meters above
sea level.
Topographical conditions of the proposed area is relatively flat from the reclamation
of existing units. With a height ranging between 1 and 3 m above sea level. The use of
land for the project site and land development of green areas.
The topography of the land in the area proposed for land plants about 20 acres
(including additional area, from the location of the existing boundary Propose altitude
location of the project is + 4:00 m above MSL (mean sea level), with the elevation of
the existing approximately ± 2:00 MSL). The boundaries of the development site as
follows:
on the east by the existing power plant units,
on the west by the fish ponds and small streams (Float River),
in the north bordering the Java Sea
on the south by the ash-disposal area.
2.1.4. Regional Geology state
Geological circumstances Tangerang according to the type of rock consisting of
several rock types, namely: Alluvial area of 63 512 ha, 43 365 ha Pleistocen Vulcanic
facies, sedimentary Pleocen 17 095 ha and 4,299 ha area of sedimentary Neocens.
Geologically the area is alluvial project. In the alluvial deposits formed by river
deposits, deposits of coastal and deposits marsh. Based on field investigations, soil
composed by sand, silt, mud, plant debris and fragments of shells of mollusks (Image
2.2).
II - 9
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Figure 2.2. Geological maps Tangerang
EXTENSION UNIT 4 (1 x 315 MW)
PLTU LONTAR (3x 1 MW)
District
II - 10
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Drilling to a depth of 55 m, indicating that the layer of soil can be grouped into two
(2) main layer. The top layer of the soil surface down to 23 cm and 33 m are
dominated by very soft to soft clay mixed with organic matter, have a soft to
medium density conditions.
Standard Penetration Test (N-SPT) which varies from 1 blows / ft to 13 blows / ft.
Later found dusty clay layer (silty clay) with dense to very dense condition (N-SPT
= 12-33) this layer is found at a depth of about 42-47 meters and get a layer of
sand mixed with clay in part, with very solid condition (N-SPT = 17-60), gray
(gray), was found to a depth of 50 meters below ground level local.
From -47.0 to - layers of 55.45 meters (end of drilling) is a layer of cemented get a
mix with some silt stone, with very dense (N-SPT> = 60) and gray.
Ground water table is found at a depth of less than 1 meter to a depth of 4 meters
below ground level local.
2.1.5. Land Type
According to the type of Land is composed of alluvial taupe, association Glei low
humus and alluvial gray, red and latosols latosols association reddish brown,
yellow podzolic, alluvial gray, yellow podzolic associations and hidromorf gray,
gray alluvial associations and Glei low humus, as well as associations gray
hidromorf and paluosol. Northern regions Tangerang district is slightly wavy
weak area, this area belongs to the category of origin depositional landforms form
(alluvial).
2.1.6. REGIONAL CLIMATOLOGY STATE
The state of the highest rainfall in the year 2008 - 2010 occurred in February 2008
which was 664 mm, while the average rainfall in the last 3 years in 2008 to 2010
in the amount of 159.3 mm. While the average rainy days in the year 2008 - 2010
in the amount of 11.6 days of rain.
Based on data from the Bureau of Meteorology Geophysics Class I Tangerang air
temperature in Tangerang year 2008 - 2010 is at a temperature ⁰C 25.90 - 28.50
⁰C, The maximum temperature occurred in September 2009 of 28.50 ⁰C and
II - 11
PT PLN (PERSERO)
minimum temperature in the month of February 2008 which was 25.90 ⁰C. The
average air temperature in Tangerang in the period 2008 - 2010 is 27,50⁰C.
The average temperature at around 27  C Lontar air condition tends to produce
heat with high humidity because beside the sea.
Figure 2.3a. Air temperature and amount of rainfall
Tangerang Regency Year 2008-2010
The dominant winds in the area of plant Lontar blowing from the southwest and
northeast with speeds ranging from 7-11 knots, with wind rose picture presented
in the following figure 2.2b.
II - 12
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Figure 2.3b. Wind roses (Wind-rose) Lontar plant Region 2002 -2012
2.1.7. Hydrology
The quantity of water of the river in Tangerang relatively high despite the
considerable fluctuations in flow rates between the rainy season and dry season,
while the quality is showing signs of pollution in some rivers.
To illustrate the potential of river water and Lake / swamp which is a surface
water potential in Tangerang by River Regional Unit (SWS) showed potential as
berikut:
1) Debit smallest monthly average SWS-Ciliwung Cisadane, amounting to 2,551
m³ / dt is represented by measurements in the River Cidurian, Parigi station,
being the largest debit monthly average of 115.315 m³ / s, measured in
Cisadane, station Stone Beulah.
2) In the SWS-Cikuningan Cisadane, there is no long-term measurement data,
the measurement is done using a current meter momentarily and obtained
II - 13
PT PLN (PERSERO)
the smallest flow rate of 0.078 m³ / interchangeable represented by
measurement Cikoncang River, Cikeusik station on 5 September 2002, while
the largest discharge is 2,454 m³ / interchangeable represented by
measurement Cimadur River, station Sukajaya
3) Rainwater that has been analyzed with the water balance calculation shows
that the Tangerang District water deficit in March to November (8 months)
while suplus water only occur in December, January and February (3
months).
a. Surface Water Quality
River water quality in the River Cimanceuri Tangerang District, there are
River Cirarab and Cisadane. River region that border Lontar plant is Estuary S.
Cimanceuri; based on the results of monitoring conducted by the Laboratory
Section BLHD Tangerang District in 2010, is as follows:
River water quality monitoring results Cimanceuri; Sampling points are in
the Bridge River Cimanceuri Kutruk (Sand Village West, Jl. Kutruk, district.
Jambe), Bridge Surya Toto (Jl. Aria Jaya Sentika, village. Sand Bolang,
Kec.Tigaraksa), Balaraja Bridge (Jl. Raya Serang Km. 24, Ds. Talaga Sari,
Kec.Balaraja), Barong Bridge (Ds. Ranca Labuh, district .Kemiri) and
Lontar bridge (Jl. Raya Kronjo-Mauk, Ds. Kronjo, district. Kronjo). The
parameter exceeds the threshold value for the quality standard that
Cimanceuri river is that : Residues Suspended (TSS), sulfur as H2S, BOD5,
COD, Cadmium, Chlorine Free (Cl), K hrom Hexavalent (Cr6 +), Nitrite as N
(NO2-N), pH, Zinc (Zn), compound phenol as phenol, cyanide, copper (Cu).
Pond Water Quality
The results of water quality monitoring in the vicinity of the site of
activities on-quarter period 1/2014 can be seen in Table 2.1. The majority
of test parameters meet quality standards under PP 82, 2001. The
parameters that have exceeded or not fulfill the standard, is: TDS,
Flourida, and BOD. The high TDS, chlorides due to the influence of tides;
In BOD due to the closed waters.
II - 14
PT PLN (PERSERO)
No.
A.
1
2
3
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
PARAMETERS
PHYSICS
Temperature
Dissolved solids (TDS)
Chemical
pH (26 0C)
Mercury (Hg)
Arsenic (As)
Boron (B)
Dissolved Oxygen (DO) lab
Fluorida (F)
Phenol
Phosphate Total (PO4)
Cadmium (Cd)
Hexavalent Chromium (Cr IV)
Kobalt (Co)
Free Chlorine (Cl2)
Fatty Oils
Nitrate (NO3-N)
Nitrite (NO2-N)
Selenium (Se)
Zinc (Zn)
Sulfide (H2S)
Cyanide (CN)
Anionic surfactants (MBAS)
Copper (Cu)
Reciprocal (Pb)
BOD5
COD
Table 2.1. Pond Water Quality Monitoring Results: December Quarter-1/2014
Unit
oC
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
AT-1
31,6
38.400
22
6,96
<0,0005
<0,0,005
<0,01
7,1
1,28
<0,001
0,1
<0,00180
<0,01
<0,00442
<0,01
<0,2
0,1
0,007
<0,002
<0,00851
<0,002
<0,005
0,04
<0,00864
<0,00451
11
31
POND WATER QUALITY ANALYSIS RESULTS
AT-2
AT-3
AT-4
AT-5
32,1
36.500
39
7,16
<0,0005
<0,0,005
<0,01
3,3
1,99
<0,001
0,08
<0,00180
<0,01
<0,00442
<0,01
<0,2
0,1
0,05
<0,002
<0,00851
<0,002
<0,005
0,04
<0,00864
<0,00451
17
48
33,1
38.000
21
7,51
<0,0005
<0,0,005
<0,01
3,5
1,49
<0,001
0,05
<0,00180
<0,01
<0,00442
<0,01
<0,2
0,1
0,008
<0,002
<0,00851
<0,002
<0,005
0,11
<0,00864
<0,00451
16
45
33,2
38.500
54
6,7
<0,0005
<0,0,005
<0,01
4,5
1,36
<0,001
0,07
<0,00180
<0,01
<0,00442
<0,01
<0,2
0,1
0,1
<0,002
<0,00851
<0,002
<0,005
0,01
<0,00864
<0,00451
12
35
33,6
26.100
11
6,51
<0,0005
<0,0,005
<0,01
3,7
1,49
<0,001
0,08
<0,00180
<0,01
<0,00442
<0,01
<0,2
0,1
0,185
<0,002
<0,00851
<0,002
<0,005
0,42
<0,00864
<0,00451
15
43
AT-6
Quality Standard PP No.
82/2001
34
27.500
20
Air ±30C
1.000
400
6,52
<0,0005
<0,0,005
<0,01
4
1,29
<0,001
0,08
<0,00180
<0,01
<0,00442
<0,01
<0,2
0,1
0,07
<0,002
<0,00851
<0,002
<0,005
0,42
<0,00864
<0,00451
14
40
6-9
0,002
1
1
>3
1,5
1
1
0,01
0,05
0,2
0,03
1
20
0,06
0,05
0,05
0,002
0,02
0,2
0,02
0,03
6
50
Suorce: Laboratory Analysis Results Unilab Prime Jakarta, March 2014.
Information: AT1 = Surface Water - western side of pond 500 meter from sea; AT2 = Surface Water - East side of pond 500 meter from Sea; AT3 = Surface Water - western side of pond plant;
AT4 = Surface Water - Side East side of pond plant; AT5 & AT6 = Surface Water - Farmers Group Pond Mina Mandiri
II - 15
PT PLN (PERSERO)
2.1.8. HYDROGEOLOGICAL
In the Regional Spatial Plan 2011-2031 Tangerang District is known that in some
parts of the Tangerang District (includes 6 districts, namely: Mauk, Rajeg, Pasar
Kemis, Cikupa, Curug and Legok) there are 3 layers aquifer includes:
1) Akifer aquifer at depths <20 m which is dominated by a layer of sand;
2) Intermediate akifer at a depth of 20-70 m which is a clay layer formation Bantam
Top;
3) Aquifers in the depths> 70 m which is part of the tile formation and formation
Bojongmanik.
Groundwater, groundwater discharge in Tangerang district ranges from 3-10 liters /
sec / km2. Ground water is likely to be taken to excess in all the way Jakarta -
Tangerang by industries, resulting in decreased water level fairly drastic. In the
northern part of the county groundwater generally can not be used because of the
salty / brackish.
Potential ground-water resources in the Tangerang District there are 5 pieces of
CABT in Tangerang with total soil water potential is quite large. This potential can be
divided into two groups:
1) Groundwater recharge potential as free (Q1) of 3278 million m³ / year and
2) Potential as groundwater flow depressed (Q2) of 100 million m³ / year.
Groundwater quality Tangerang District alone has intruded seawater as far as ± 7 km
from beach to shore in the district Mauk with a maximum depth of 70 m intrusion.
The quality of ground water in the northern region (Mauk) is dominated by brackish
ground water-salt medium southward ground water quality is relatively better.
Kualitas air di lingkungan lokasi Pembangunan PLTU Lontar adalah sebagai berikut:
a. Well Water Quality in Regional PLTU Lontar
The results of water quality monitoring activity monitoring wells at the site onquarter period 1/2014 indicates that the majority of test parameters meet
quality standards based Permenkes No. 416/1990 (Table 2.2a).
II - 16
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Figure 2.4. Hidrogeologi Map
Angering Districgt
Gambar 2.4. Peta Hidrogeologi Kabupaten Tangerang
SUMBER PETA:
FOTO UDARA 2005 – 2008
DINAS TATA RUANG
KABUPATEN TANGERANG
HASIL ANALISIS
II - 17
PT PLN (PERSERO)
No.
PARAMETERS
A.
PHYSICS
1
Smell (insitu)
4
Taste
2
3
5
6
B.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
C.
1
Dissolve Solids(TDS)
Tirbidity
Temperatures (insitu)
SP-2
SP-3
SP-4
SP-5
SP-6
SP-7
Permenkes Quality Standards No.
416/1990
-
No Smell
No Smell
No Smell
No Smell
No Smell
No Smell
No Smell
No Smell
-
Taste
Taste
No Taste
Taste
No Taste
Taste
Taste
No Taste
<0,0005
<0,0005
<0,0005
<0,0005
<0,0005
0,001
0,7
<0,00180
264,6
0,52
<0,00180
121,4
0,73
<0,00180
242,4
1,5
0,005
500
1,1
<0,00289
<0,00289
<0,00289
<0,00289
1,06
0,5
7,48
6,77
6,89
7,79
8,1
mg/l
NTU
oC
Pt-Co
Arsenic (As)
mg/l
Mercury(Hg)
Iron (Fe)
Fluorida (F)
Cadmium (Cd)
Calcium Carbonate Total (CaCO3)
Khlorida (Cl)
hexavalent chromium (Cr 6+)
Manganese (Mn)
Nitrate (NO3-N)
Nitrite (NO2-N)
pH (insitu)
Selenium (Se)
Zinc (Zn)
Cyanide (CN)
Surfactan anion (MBAS)
Reciprocal (Pb)
Sulfate (SO4)
Permanganate Value (KMnO4)
MICROBIOLOGY
Coliform Total
WELL MONITORING
SP-1
Unit
Color
CHEMICAL
Table 2.2a. Ground Water Quality Monitoring Results (Well Monitor) March 2014
mg/l
3.360
7
30,3
3
<0,0005
<0,005
6.440
11
28,8
3
<0,005
mg/l
<0,00306
<0,00306
mg/l
1.811,50
3.424,50
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
1,11
<0,00180
391,8
<0,01
mg/l
<0,00289
-
7,97
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
0,3
0,008
<0,002
<0,01
0,3
0,005
<0,002
993
22
29,5
14
<0,005
3.460
7
28,9
2
<0,005
1.007
35
29,3
13
<0,005
3.310
10
30,1
15
<0,0005
<0,005
6.460
10
28,6
5
<0,005
0,134
<0,00306
<0,00306
<0,00306
<0,00306
120,1
1.659,30
544,8
1.761,90
3.325,20
<0,01
0,6
<0,002
<0,002
0,69
<0,00180
398,9
<0,01
0,3
0,007
<0,002
0,36
<0,00180
122,7
<0,01
0,6
<0,002
<0,002
0,83
<0,00180
152,5
<0,01
0,2
<0,002
<0,002
<0,01
0,3
0,009
1500
25
Air ±3oC
50
0,05
1
600
0,05
10
1
6,96
6,5 - 9,0
<0,005
0,1
<0,002
0,01
mg/l
<0,00851
<0,00851
<0,00851
<0,00851
<0,00851
<0,00851
<0,00851
mg/l
<0,01
0,18
0,36
0,23
1,05
0,41
0,32
0,05
21
50
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
MPN/100ml
<0,005
<0,00451
164,4
4,8
21
<0,005
<0,00451
291,9
4,6
23
<0,005
<0,00451
34,4
7,8
28
<0,005
<0,00451
151,2
3,1
21
<0,005
<0,00451
39,4
28,1
23
<0,005
<0,00451
149,6
13,1
21
<0,00451
269,2
5,5
15
0,5
400
10
Sorce: Laboratory Analysis Results Unilab Perdana Jakarta, March 2014.
Information: SP-1:Monitor Wells-1; SP-2:Monitor Wells S-2;Monitor Wells SP-3: Monitor Wells -3; SP-4:Monitor Wells -4; SP-5 Monitor Wells -5; SP-6:Monitor Wells -6; SP-7:Monitor Wells
II - 18
PT PLN (PERSERO)
The results of water quality monitoring activity monitoring wells at the site during
the period of the 4th Quarter 2013 showed that the majority of test parameters meet
quality standards based Permenkes No. 416 of 1990.
Parameters that have exceeded the quality standard are:
TDS, TDS exceeds the quality standards at all monitoring wells
Flavor, taste brackish well water at all monitoring wells
Total Kesadahan (CaCO3) exceeded the quality standard in the SP-2 and SP-6
Chlorine (Cl), exceeded the quality standard in the wells SP-1, SP-2, SP-4, SP-6 and SP-7
Sulfate (SO4), exceeded the quality standard in the SP-1, SP-2, SP-5, SP-6 and SP-7
Lead (Pb), exceeded the quality standard in the SP-2, SP-3, SP-4, SP-5, SP-6 and SP-7.
The above mentioned conditions is a major characteristic of sea water seepage influence
on 7th monitoring wells, mainly characterized by the high value of TDS on all monitoring
wells.
Manganese (Mn), exceeded the quality standard in SP2 and SP-7, the high Mn
relating to the condition of the soil and geological structure of the parent rock,
where the fan area alluvium generally contain relatively high Mn.
Value Permanganate (KMnO4), exceeds the quality standards pad SP-5 and SP-6,
which cause unpleasant smells KMnO4 is high due to the seepage of organic
substances (KMnO4) of surrounding waters.
The high water quality parameters monitoring wells at 7 (seven) monitoring wells
with an average depth of 20 m, is not related to PLTU, but more related to the natural
conditions of shallow groundwater aquifer and sea water seepage factor. Dust
bottom ash from burning coal and fly ash from the electrostatic precipitator (EP) is
not deposited on the ash-pond as planned in the RKL-RPL, no. Waste coal dust is
transported and utilized by 3rd party as a raw material. Ash-pond has now become a
column filled with rainwater and become a habitat for water birds.
2.1.9. Hidro-Oseanographic
a. Bathymetry
According to survey data bathymetry Lontar power plant units (3x315MW).
Bathymetric surveys have been conducted in the coverage area of 400 acres. The
ocean floor near the project site is flat and shallow. Depth -1 m MSL located at ±
250 m and a depth of -6 m is approximately 2,500 m of shoreline.
Based on a survey Bathymetry (by LEMTEK-UI, 2013) elevation depth - 7.6 m
located around the dock area / coal unloading jetty, -4 m depth around the mouth
of the intake and -1 m depth around the discharge outlet.
b. Flow
Current measurement is performed to determine the trend of the velocity and
direction of the flow at the location of activities. Current measurement is done at
II - 19
PT PLN (PERSERO)
a depth of 0.2d, 0.6d and 0.8d below sea level (d = depth of local sea water).
Measurement of flow velocity and flow direction is done every hour for 3 x 24
hours at 2 locations. Location observations should be made at two stations (Sta),
in the area of the intake and outlet area (discharge), their positions are as
follows:
Lokasi Sta.01 (Intake)
Easting 662,442.662 m X =
CB = 106 ° 28 '03.953"
Northing Y = 9332289.984
m LS = 06 ° 02 '19.598"
Lokasi Sta.02 (Outlet)
Easting 662,960.152 m
X = CB = 106 ° 28
'20.804
Northing Y =
9332040.051 m LS = 06
° 02 '27.689"
Figure 2.5a.
Flow Measurement Location
The equipment used is the Current Meter CM2 s / n 6568. CM2 Current Meter is a
kind of device is equipped with an analog-type AOTT monitor reading speed and
direction of currents, and then recorded in the field notes (Fur Measure), then
evaluated to determine the maximum value and the tendency of the speed and
direction of ocean currents. The results were analyzed with flow velocity
measurement transformation method, detailed in the picture below.
II - 20
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Figure 2.5b. Direction and Speed of Flow
II - 21
PT PLN (PERSERO)
c. Sea Wave
Ocean waves in coastal areas Lontar PLTU (3 x 315 MW) affected by wind and the
results of refraction-diffraction wave of the Java Sea and the Sunda Strait.
Waves may occur due to wind, tidal, artificial disturbances such as vessel
movements and earthquakes. In planning the wave port that is used is a wave
that occurs due to wind and tidal.
The influence of the waves against the harbor planning, among others:
The size of the waves determine the dimensions and depth of the breakwater.
Waves cause additional force which must be received by ship and port
buildings.
The magnitude of ocean waves depends on several factors, namely:
wind speed
The duration of the wind blows
Sea depth and breadth of the waters.
Table 2.2b. Frequency Distribution of Wind Speed Average 2002 - 2011
Iin %
N
NE
E
SE
S
SW
W
NW
SUB TOTAL
1.0 < 2.0
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
2.0 < 4.0
0.83
0.00
1.67
0.00
0.00
0.83
2.50
0.00
5.83
4.0 < 6.0
15.83
13.33
15.83
3.33
4.17
19.17
8.33
0.00
80.00
6.0 < 8.0
0.00
2.50
6.67
0.00
0.00
3.33
0.83
0.00
13.33
8.0 < 10.0
0.00
0.83
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.83
Figure 2.5c. Frequency Distribution of Wind Class
10.0 ≤
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
TOTAL
16.67
16.67
24.17
3.33
4.17
23.33
11.67
0.00
100.00
For wave forecasting needs to be determined the effective fetch (Veff) by the
following equation:
 ( xi * cos  i )
Feff 
 cos  i
II - 22
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Feff
xi
i
in which :
= fetch efektif
= radial projection on the direction of the wind = R. cos i
= angle between lanes fetch are reviewed with the direction of the wind.
NORTH
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
º
42
36
30
24
18
12
6
0
-6
-12
-18
-24
-30
-36
-42
F . EFEKTIF :
NORTHEAST
No.
º
1
42
2
36
3
30
4
24
5
18
6
12
7
6
8
0
9
-6
10
-12
11
-18
12
-24
13
-30
14
-36
15
-42
F . EFEKTIF :
NORTHWEST
No.
º
1
42
2
36
3
30
4
24
5
18
6
12
7
6
8
0
9
-6
10
-12
11
-18
12
-24
13
-30
14
-36
15
-42
F . EFEKTIF :
Cos 
0.743
0.809
0.866
0.914
0.951
0.978
0.995
1.000
0.995
0.978
0.951
0.914
0.866
0.809
0.743
13.511
Xi (km)
564.706
564.706
588.235
329.412
329.412
2,541.176
988.235
329.412
305.882
270.588
188.235
188.235
211.765
117.647
94.118
Xi. Cos 
419.658
456.857
509.427
300.933
313.289
2,485.646
982.822
329.412
304.207
264.675
179.022
171.961
183.394
95.178
69.943
7,066.423
meter
Cos 
0.743
0.809
0.866
0.914
0.951
0.978
0.995
1.000
0.995
0.978
0.951
0.914
0.866
0.809
0.743
13.511
Xi (km)
282.353
1,788.235
2,400.000
729.412
329.412
352.941
635.294
588.235
564.706
564.706
682.353
964.706
0.000
0.000
0.000
Xi. Cos 
209.829
1,446.713
2,078.461
666.351
313.289
345.229
631.814
588.235
561.612
552.366
648.956
881.303
0.000
0.000
0.000
8,924.158
meter
Cos 
0.743
0.809
0.866
0.914
0.951
0.978
0.995
1.000
0.995
0.978
0.951
0.914
0.866
0.809
0.743
13.511
Xi (km)
317.647
305.882
329.412
2,494.118
329.412
352.941
611.765
564.706
564.706
564.706
682.353
705.882
964.706
1,435.294
1,458.824
Xi. Cos 
236.058
247.464
285.279
2,278.490
313.289
345.229
608.413
564.706
561.612
552.366
648.956
644.856
835.460
1,161.177
1,084.117
10,367.472
meter
523015.815
660514.554
767340.332
II - 23
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Forecasting wave (hindcasting) with SMB method. SMB method put forward by
Svedrup, Munk and Bretchsneider (1958). This wave forecasting results in the
form of significant wave height and wave period.
Formulation SMB method is as follows:
gH
Significant Wave Height
Significant wave period
U
2


 0 . 283 tanh  0 . 0125


gT
2U
 gF 
 2
U 
0 . 42





0.25

 gF  

 1.20 tanh  0.077 

2 

U

 

Based on the data - the data from Station Observation Station BMKG Soekarno-Hatta
- Tangerang - Banten during the last 10 years and observations in the field for 10 x
24 hours, then the data obtained wind speed and direction as follows:
1) North Direction (N) with speed
2) Direction Northeast (NE) with speed
3) Direction Northwest (NW) with speed
Dominant direction North ( N )
U = 5.329 m/dtk
F = 523015.815 meter
g = 9.81 m/dtk²
G
m/dtk²
9.81
U²
m/dtk
28.40
F
Meter
523015.82
Dominant directions Northeast ( NE )
U = 6.560 m/dtk
F = 660514.554 meter
g = 9.81 m/dtk²
=
=
=
5.329 meter/detik
6.560 meter/detik
5.589 meter/detik
Hs
meter
0.556
Ts
detik
1.323
G
m/dtk²
9.81
U²
m/dtk
43.03
F
Meter
660514.55
Hs
meter
0.515
Ts
detik
1.264
G
m/dtk²
9.81
U²
m/dtk
31.24
F
Meter
767340.33
Hs
meter
0.628
Ts
detik
1.422
Dominant direction Northwest ( NW )
U = 5.589 m/dtk
F = 767340.332 meter
g = 9.81 m/dtk²
II - 24
PT PLN (PERSERO)
d. Tidal
Figure 2.5d. Wave Measurement Results
From the analysis of tidal with admiralty method (December 2012-January 2013,
Lemtek-UI 2013), obtained:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
The nature of Lontar tidal waters, Tangerang, Banten is tidal Daily Single.
Central sit (MSL) against 0 (zero) palm at 99 cm.
Position Air Low Perbani (LWS) is 49 cm below the Central sit (MSL)
Face magnitude Surutan (Zo) = 59 cm
High Water Top notch neap (HWS) is 56 cm above the Central sit (MSL).
Figure 2.5e. Graph tidal PLTU Territory Lontar
II - 25
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Continued Figure 2.5f. Graph tidal PLTU Territory Lontar
e. Pond Water Quality Around PLTU Lontar
The results of water quality monitoring activity monitoring wells at the site
during the period 1st quarter 2014 showed that the majority of test parameters
meet quality standards based Permenkes No. 416 of 1990 (Table 2.2b).
Parameters that have exceeded the quality standard, namely:
Total suspended solids (TDS) in all coastal locations in January and February
to March, it relates to the use of seawater in shrimp / milkfish embankment
(brackish water). Where sea water contains dissolved salts which increase
the value of TDS.
Dissolved Oxygen (DO) all embankment meet quality standards: in January in
all locations monitored (AT-1 s / d AT-6). In February at the AT-5. This is
related to the condition that less aeration pond water (no flow / pooled) so
DO decreased.
BOD that do not meet quality standards: in January in all locations monitored
(AT-1 s / d AT-6). In February at 5 locations monitored (AT-2 to AT-6); in
March at 5 locations monitored (AT-1, AT2, AT-4, AT-5 and AT-6);
COD which does not meet the quality standards: in January in all locations
monitored (AT-1 s / d AT-6). In February at 3 locations monitored (AT-2, AT4 and AT-5).
f.
The high BOD and COD also with conditions that are less aeration pond water (no
flow / pooled) so DO decreases and increases BOD and COD.
Marine Water Quality
The results of sea water quality monitoring Triwulan-1 2014 Table 2.2c), all test
parameters meet the quality standard LH Decree No. 51 of 2004; Appendix III.
II - 26
PT PLN (PERSERO)
No.
PARAMETERS
A.
1
2
3
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
C.
1
2
PHYSICS
Temperature
Dissolved solids (TDS)
CHEMICAL
pH (26 0C)
Mercury (Hg)
Arsenic (As)
Boron (B)
Dissolved Oxygen (DO) lab
Fluoride (F)
Phenol
Phosphate Total(PO4)
Cadmium (Cd)
Hexavalent Chromium (Cr IV)
Kobalt (Co)
Chlorine Free(Cl2)
Fetty Oil
Nitrate (NO3-N)
Nitrite (NO2-N)
Selenium (Se)
Zinc (Zn)
Sulfide (H2S)
Cyanide (CN)
Anionic Surfactants (MBAS)
Copper (Cu)
Reciprocal (Pb)
BOD5
COD
MICROBIOLOGY
Fecal coliform
Total coliform
unit
oC
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
MPN/100ml
MPN/100ml
Table 2.2c. Pond Water Quality Monitoring Results March 2014
AT-1
AT-2
AT-3
28,1
9.040
33
28,5
3.490
45
28,1
9.240
31
7,16
<0,0005
<0,005
<0,01
3,8
0,95
<0,001
0,06
<0,00180
<0,01
<0,00442
<0,01
<0,2
0,1
<0,002
<0,002
<0,00851
<0,002
<0,005
<0,01
<0,00864
<0,00451
7
28
430
930
7,17
<0,0005
<0,005
<0,01
3,5
0,56
<0,001
0,04
<0,00180
<0,01
<0,00442
<0,01
<0,2
0,1
0,007
<0,002
<0,00851
<0,002
<0,005
<0,01
<0,00864
<0,00451
8
30
450
950
March
8,01
<0,0005
<0,005
<0,01
4,7
1,16
<0,001
0,04
<0,00180
<0,01
<0,00442
<0,01
<0,2
0,1
<0,002
<0,002
<0,00851
<0,002
<0,005
<0,01
<0,00864
<0,00451
5
21
400
1.200
AT-4
AT-5
AT-6
Quality Standards PP no.82/2001: Class
III
28,9
6.160
42
30,2
1.958
195
30,5
1.847
60
Air ±30C
1.000
400
300
750
2.000
10.000
6,61
<0,0005
<0,005
<0,01
3,1
0,83
<0,001
0,05
<0,00180
<0,01
<0,00442
<0,01
<0,2
0,1
<0,002
<0,002
<0,00851
<0,002
<0,005
<0,01
<0,00864
<0,00451
9
37
450
1.100
6,81
<0,0005
<0,005
<0,01
3
0,53
<0,001
0,03
<0,00180
<0,01
<0,00442
<0,01
<0,2
0,1
<0,002
<0,002
<0,00851
<0,002
<0,005
<0,01
<0,00864
<0,00451
11
44
340
600
7,01
<0,0005
<0,005
<0,01
3,1
0,4
<0,001
0,03
<0,00180
<0,01
<0,00442
<0,01
<0,2
0,1
<0,002
<0,002
<0,00851
<0,002
<0,005
<0,01
<0,00864
<0,00451
9
37
6-9
0,002
1
1
3
1,5
1
1
0,01
0,05
0,2
0,03
1
20
0,06
0,05
0,05
0,002
0,02
0,2
0,02
0,03
6
50
Source: Results of Laboratory Analysis Unilab Prime Jakarta, March 2014.
Description: AT1 = Water Surface - Embankment West of 500 meters from the sea; AT2 = Surface Water - Ponds East side 500 meters from the sea; AT3 = Surface Water - Pond West of PLTU;
AT4 = Surface Water - Embankment Side East of PLTU; AT5 and AT6 = Surface Water - Farmers Group Embankment Mina Mandiri.
II - 27
PT PLN (PERSERO)
No.
A.
1
2
3
4
5
6
B.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
C.
1
PARAMETERS
PHYSICS
Smell (insitu)
Brightness (insitu)
Temperature (lab)
Oil Layer (insitu)
Trash (insitu)
CHEMICAL
pH (26 0C)
Saline
Total Ammonia (NH3-N)
Sulfide (H2S)
phenol
Anionic Surfactants (MBAS)
Oil & Fat
Mercury (Hg)
Cadmium (Cd)
Copper (Cu)
Reciprocal (Pb)
Zinc (Zn)
MICROBIOLOGY
Coliform (total)
unit
meter
mg/l
OC
-
o/oo
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
MPN/100ml
Table 2.2D. Marine Water Quality Monitoring Results: March 2014
March
L-2
L-3
L-4
L-5
L-6
L-7
Environment Quality Standards
Decree No. 51 / / 2004 Annex I
No Smell
Natural
42
34,3
Naught
Naught
No Smell
Natural
13
34
Naught
Naught
No Smell
Natural
12
33,5
Naught
Naught
No Smell
Natural
13
33,3
Naught
Naught
No Smell
Natural
13
32,6
Naught
Naught
No Smell
Natural
11
32,7
Naught
Naught
No Smell
>3
80
Natural
Naught
Nihil
4
4
3
3
3
3
1000
7,74
15
0,18
<0,002
<0,001
<0,01
<0,2
<0,0005
<0,0005
<0,0005
<0,005
<0,0005
Remarks::
L-2 : Water Bahang (estuary) Jetty East
L-3: Sea waters - to the East Jetty, Distance 200 m
L-4: Sea waters - to the East Jetty, Distance 400 m
L-5: Water Beaches - East side Jetty, Distance 700 m
L-6: Sea waters West of Jetty
L-7: Seawater – Intake
8,06
27
0,15
<0,002
<0,001
<0,01
<0,2
<0,0005
<0,0005
<0,0005
<0,005
<0,0005
8,27
28
0,12
<0,002
<0,001
<0,01
<0,2
<0,0005
<0,0005
<0,0005
<0,005
<0,0005
8,77
28
0,1
<0,002
<0,001
<0,01
<0,2
<0,0005
<0,0005
<0,0005
<0,005
<0,0005
8,4
27
<0,01
<0,002
<0,001
<0,01
<0,2
<0,0005
<0,0005
<0,0005
<0,005
<0,0005
7,94
29
0,02
<0,002
<0,001
<0,01
<0,2
<0,0005
<0,0005
<0,0005
<0,005
<0,0005
6,5-8,5
Natural
0,3
0,03
0,002
1
5
0,003
0,01
0,05
0,05
0,1
II - 28
PT PLN (PERSERO)
2.1.10. Ambient Air Quality and Noise
a. Ambient Air Quality
Based on the measured data on the monitoring period 4th Quarter 2013 (Table 2.3),
The whole ambient quality parameters still fulfulled quality standards PP 41, 1999.
The distribution of the concentration of ambient air quality parameters in the
surrounding monitoring locations tend to be lower.
No.
Table 2.3. Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results PLTU
PARAMETERS
Unit
1
Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)
µg/Nm3
3
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)
µg/Nm3
2
4
5
6
7
Carbon Monoxide (CO)
Hydrocarbons (HC)
Dust (TSP)
PM10 (Particle < 10 µm)
PM2,5 (Particle < 2,5 µm)
AMBIEN ANALYSIS OF AIR QUALITY
UA-1
UA-2
UA-3
UA-4
UA-5
UA-6
Quality Standard:
PP No. / 41/1999
39,8
32,57
33,18
31,9
26,7
27,08
900
26,6
24,50
24,98
24
25,74
µg/Nm3
3.838
µg/Nm3
118
µg/Nm3
µg/Nm3
µg/Nm3
115
42
16
3.666
105
95
38
16
3.586
3.242
2.715
111
111
85
86
35
12
22,68
108
42
17
88
37
13
0,07
0,08
0,08
0,02
8
Reciprocal (Pb)
µg/Nm3 0,11
Source: Laboratory Analysis Results Unilab Prime Jakarta, December 2013.
Information:
UA.1: The Tread PLTU; UA.2: The fence outside the North; UA.3: The fence outside the East;
UA.4 : The fence outside the south;UA.5: Klebet Village; UA.6: Kemiri Village.
2.772
30.000
85
160
400
85
230
35
150
15
65
0,02
2
From the table above, throughout the test parameters are monitored ambient air
quality in the period 4th Quarter 2013 (SO2, CO, NO2, Pb, PM10 and PM2.5) fulfilled
b.
quality standards PP 41, 1999.
Quality Noise
Results of monitoring the 4th Quarter 2013, the level of noise in the PLTU site
and surrounding areas meet the quality standards for industrial areas.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Location
Table 2.4. Noise Level Monitoring
PLTU Tread
Outside the fence
Northern
Outside the fence east,
Outside the fence
Southern
Klebet Village
Lontar Village
Kemiri Village
66,9
QUALITY STANDARD
KEPMEN LH NO.
48/1996 *)
70
68,1
70
MEASUREMENT
RESULTS (dBA)
66,6
66,8
65,5
66,1
64,8
70
70
55
55
55
NAB PERMENAKER
No. 13/2011
85
85
85
85
85
-
Source: Results of In-Lake measurements and laboratory data tabulation Unilab Prime Jakarta, December 2013.
II - 29
PT PLN (PERSERO)
2.2. BIOLOGICAL COMPONENTS
2.2.1. Aquatic biota
a. Plankton
Marine planktonic organisms are organisms that have a huge role on the condition of
a body of water. That role is not only related to its function as the basis of strata or
trophic food webs in aquatic, but also has a role to environmental changes.
The results of the analysis of the Shannon-Wiener diversity index (H ') marine
phytoplankton in Quarter 1 2014 ranged from 4.56 to 4.88 (Table 2.25a), based on
the criteria of Zar (1996) marine phytoplankton diversity in the high category (H '>
3.0), with ekuitabilitas (E) or stable community evenness (E> 0.75).
The results of the analysis of the Shannon-Wiener diversity index (H ') marine
zooplankton in the 1st Quarter of 2014, ranging between H = 3.44 to 3.65 (Table
2.5a), based on the criteria of Zar (1996), included in the pH range of 'high with
ekuitabilitas (E) or stable community evenness (E> 0.75).
No.
I
A
1
2
B
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
Table 2.5a. Marine Plankton Analysis Results Quarter-1/2014
PLANKTON COMPOSITION
PHYTOPLANKTON
CYANOPHYTA
Trichodesmium sp.1
Trichodesmium sp.2
CHRYSOPHYTA
Amphiprora sp.
Asterionella sp.
Bacteriastrum hyalinum
Bacteriastrum sp.
Biddulphia sp.
Chaetoceros brevis
Chaetoceros curvisetum
Chaetoceros didymus
Chaetoceros laevis
Chaetoceros lorenzianum
Chaetoceros pendulum
Chaetoceros sp.
Coscinodiscus asteromphalus
Coscinodiscus sp.
Ditylum sol
Eucampia sp.
Guinardia flaccida
Hemiaulus sinensis
Hemiaulus sp.
Lauderia borealis
Navicula sp.1
Navicula sp.2
Nitzschia longissima
Nitzschia sigma
Nitzschia sp.
AL-2
AL-3
AL-4
AL-5
AL-6
AL-7
495
1485
-
-
-
-
-
990
12870
2970
1980
1485
2970
3960
2475
1980
990
1485
1485
2970
3465
990
2970
1485
3960
1485
990
990
5940
1485
11880
1980
990
2475
3465
2970
990
1485
1980
990
2475
3960
2475
990
990
2970
2475
1485
4455
990
495
8910
1485
990
1980
1980
4455
1980
1485
1980
990
1980
2970
495
3465
1980
3465
1980
1485
1485
2970
1980
990
10395
2475
1485
990
2475
2970
1980
990
2475
1485
1485
2970
2475
990
2970
990
990
2475
1485
1980
3465
1485
9405
1980
990
2970
3465
2970
1485
1980
990
1485
2475
3465
495
3960
1485
495
2970
2970
990
3960
1980
990
10395
2475
1485
1485
3960
2475
1485
1980
990
1485
990
2475
2970
3465
1485
2475
2475
1980
990
3465
1485
II - 30
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Continue 2.5a. Marine Plankton Analysis Results Quarter-1/2014
No.
PLANKTON COMPSITION
I
PHYTOPLANKTON
B
CHRYSOPHYTA
28
Pleurosigma angulatum
29
Pleurosigma elongatum
30
Pleurosigma normanii
31
Pleurosigma rectum
32
Pleurosigma sp.
33
Rhizosolenia alata
34
Rhizosolenia arafurensis
35
Rhizosolenia calcar-avis
36
Rhizosolenia stolterfothii
37
Rhizosolenia sp.1
38
Rhizosolenia sp.2
39
Stephanophyxis sp.
40
Surirella sp.1
41
Surirella sp.2
42
Thalassionema nitzschiodes
43
Thalassiothrix frauenfeldii
C
PYRROPHYTA
44
Ceratium sp.
45
Protoperidinium sp.
46
Peridinium sp.
47
Prorocentrum sp.
D
EUGLENOPHYTA
48
Euglena sp.1
49
Euglena sp.2
50
Euglena sp.3
Number of individual/ m3
Number of Taxa
Shannon Wiener diversity index (H' )
H'-max = Log2S
Equitabilitas (E) = H'/H-max
II
ZOOPLANKTON
A
CRUSTACEA
1
Acartia sp.
2
Acartia sp. (Nauplius)
3
Oithona sp.
4
Oithona sp. (Nauplius)
5
COPEPODA (sp.1)
6
COPEPODA (sp.2 nauplius)
B
CILIATA
7
Amphorellopsis sp.
8
Anthocyrlidium sp.
9
Codonellopis sp.
10
Favella campanula
11
Tintinnopsis gracilis
12
Tintinnopsis radix
13
Tintinnopsis sp.
14
CILIATA (sp.)
TROCHELMINTHES
ROTATORIA
15
Brachionus sp.
Number of individuals / m3
Number of Taxa
Shannon Wiener diversity index (H' )
H'-max = Log2S
AL-2
AL-3
AL-4
AL-5
AL-6
AL-7
495
1980
495
495
1980
990
1485
2475
990
990
990
495
7425
10395
990
2475
990
990
2475
1485
990
2970
4195
990
495
8415
11880
495
1485
495
495
1485
495
1980
2475
990
990
495
990
7920
10890
495
1980
990
495
1980
990
1485
1980
990
495
495
6930
8425
1485
495
990
990
2475
495
990
2475
495
495
990
495
7425
8415
495
1980
495
1980
990
1485
1980
495
990
495
495
6930
7920
990
495
990
-
495
1980
495
990
1485
990
-
495
-
-
990
-
495
495
495
99990
45
4,88
5,49
0,89
92305
34
4,56
5,09
0,9
86130
39
4,75
5,29
0,9
82675
38
4,79
5,25
0,91
82170
36
4,66
5,17
0,9
81180
36
4,71
5,17
0,91
495
1980
495
1485
495
1485
495
1485
990
2475
495
990
990
990
495
1485
495
1485
990
1485
1980
495
1980
990
1980
495
1485
495
14355
14
3,65
3,81
0,96
495
16335
13
3,5
3,7
0,94
15840
12
3,44
3,58
0,96
990
21285
14
3,62
3,81
0,95
15840
13
3,57
3,7
0,96
16335
12
3,47
3,58
0,97
1485
495
990
1485
990
990
990
1980
990
990
2475
495
990
1980
495
1485
1980
1980
1485
990
1485
990
1485
495
-
Source: Laboratory Analysis Results Unilab Perdana Jakarta, March 2014.
3465
1485
990
1485
1980
990
2475
1980
1485
1485
990
1980
1485
495
-
1485
990
990
2475
990
1485
990
1980
495
1980
II - 31
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Pond: the results of the analysis of the Shannon-Wiener diversity index (H ') of
phytoplankton ponds in Quarter 1 2014 ranged from 4.26 to 4.43 (Table 2.5b),
based on the criteria of Zar (1996) pond phytoplankton diversity in the high
category (H '> 3.0), with ekuitabilitas (E) or stable community evenness (E> 0.75).
The results of the analysis of the Shannon-Wiener diversity index (H ') pond
zooplankton in the 4th quarter 2013, ranging between H = 2.66 to 3.2 (Table 2.5b),
based on the criteria of Zar (1996), included in the pH range of 'high with
ekuitabilitas (E) or stable community evenness (E> 0.75).
Table 2.5b Plankton Analysis Pond Quarter-1 2014
No
I
PHYTOPLANKTON
A
CHRYSOPHYTA
1
Asterionella sp.
2
Bacteriastrum hyalinum
3
Chaetoceros brevis
4
Chaetoceros curvisetum
5
Chaetoceros didymus
6
Chaetoceros laevis
7
Chaetoceros sp.
8
Coscinodiscus asteromphalus
9
Coscinodiscus sp.
10
Ditylum sol
11
Guinardia flaccida
12
Hemiaulus sinensis
13
Hemiaulus sp.
14
Lauderia borealis
15
Navicula sp.1
16
Navicula sp.2
17
Navicula sp.3
18
Nitzschia sp.1
19
Nitzschia sp.2
20
Pleurosigma angulatum
21
Pleurosigma elongatum
22
Pleurosigma normanii
23
Pleurosigma rectum
24
Pleurosigma sp.
25
Rhizosolenia arafurensis
26
Rhizosolenia stolterfothii
27
Rhizosolenia sp.
28
Surirella sp.
29
Synedra ulna
30
Thalassionema nitzschiodes
31
Thalassiothrix frauenfeldii
B
PYRROPHYTA
32
Ceratium sp.
33
Protoperidinium sp.
C
EUGLENOPHYTA
34
Euglena sp.1
35
Euglena sp.2
Number of individuals / m3
Number of Taxa
Shannon Wiener diversity index (H ')
H-max = Log2S
AT-1
AT-2
AT-3
AT-4
AT-5
AT-6
10395
1980
2475
3960
1980
990
990
2475
1485
2475
1485
3960
1485
990
1485
990
495
1980
495
990
990
1980
495
990
3960
5940
8910
1485
1980
2970
1485
990
990
495
1980
1980
1485
990
2970
1980
990
1980
990
495
1485
495
495
1485
990
990
495
4455
6930
7425
990
1485
2475
1980
495
495
1485
2475
1980
1485
990
2475
990
495
990
1485
990
1980
495
495
990
2475
990
4950
6435
7920
1485
1980
2970
990
1485
2475
1980
2475
495
495
3465
1980
1485
1485
990
495
1485
495
990
1980
1485
495
1980
4455
7425
8415
495
990
1980
990
495
990
990
2970
2970
990
990
2970
1485
1980
990
1485
495
990
2475
495
495
1485
990
495
990
990
3960
6930
8910
990
1485
2475
990
990
990
1980
1980
2475
990
2475
1980
990
1980
990
990
1980
495
495
990
1980
990
1485
4950
6435
59400
28
4,33
4,81
0,9
52965
27
4,26
4,75
0,9
990
51480
28
4,34
4,81
0,9
56925
27
4,33
4,75
0,91
495
54450
31
4,43
4,95
0,89
53955
27
4,3
4,75
0,9
990
495
-
495
-
1485
-
990
495
II - 32
PT PLN (PERSERO)
No
II
ZOOPLANKTON
A
CRUSTACEA
1
Acartia sp.
2
Acartia sp. (Nauplius)
3
Oithona sp.
4
Oithona sp. (Nauplius)
5
COPEPODA (sp.)
B
CILIATA
6
Codonellopis sp.
7
Favella campanula
8
Tintinnopsis gracilis
9
Tintinnopsis sp.
10
CILIATA (sp.1)
11
CILIATA (sp.2)
C
ROTATORIA
12
Brachionus sp.
13
ROTATORIA (sp.)
Individual Total/ m3
Taxa Total
Indeks Diversitas Shanon Wiener (H' )
H'-max = Log2S
AT-1
495
1485
990
990
495
1485
1980
7920
7
2,66
2,81
0,95
Continue 2.5b. Plankton Analysis Pond Quarter-1/2014
AT-2
AT-3
AT-4
AT-5
AT-6
1980
495
1485
495
495
1980
1485
495
990
2475
495
990
-
495
1485
990
990
990
495
1980
495
11880
10
3,16
3,32
0,95
1980
9900
9
2,95
3,17
0,93
990
9900
9
3
3,17
0,95
495
495
7920
10
3,2
3,32
0,96
7920
8
2,83
3
0,94
1485
990
1980
495
1485
990
Source: Laboratory Analysis Results Unilab Perdana Jakarta, March 2014.
495
1485
990
495
-
495
990
1485
990
-
990
495
990
495
-
Table 2.5c. Recapitulation Plankton Analysis Results Quarter-1/2014
Marine Plankton
Phytoplankton
Diversity index H'
Equitabilitas index (E)
Zooplankton
Diversity index H'
Plankton Tambak
Phytoplankton
Diversity index H'
Zooplankton
Diversity index H'
Kriteria (Zar, 1996):
H’ < 1.0: Low diversity
1.0  H’  3.0: Medium diversity
H’ > 3.0: High diversity
495
1485
990
990
-
AL-2
AL-3
Analysis Result
AL-4
AL-5
AL-6
AL-7
4,88
0,89
3,65
0,96
4,56
0,90
3,57
0,96
4,71
0,91
AT-2
3,44
3,62
0,96
0,95
Analysis Result
AT-3
AT-4
4,66
0,90
AT-1
3,5
0,94
4,75
0,90
AT-5
AT-6
4,33
0,96
4,26
0,94
4,34
0,96
4,43
0,96
4,30
0,97
2,66
0,95
3,16
0,95
2,95
0,93
< E < 0,50: Communities pressure
0.50 < E < 0.75: Communities unstable
0.75 < E < 1.00: Communities stable
4,79
0,91
4,33
0,95
3
0,95
3,2
0,96
3,47
0,97
2,83
0,94
Source: Recapitulation Unilab Laboratory Analysis Perdana Jakarta, March 2014.
b. Benthos
The sea: the results of the analysis of the Shannon-Wiener diversity index (H ')
marine benthos in Quarter 1 2014 ranged from 2.66 to 3.12 (Table 2.6a), based
on the criteria of Zar (1996) benthos diversity included in the category of
medium-high (1.0  H ' 3.0), with ekuitabilitas (E) or stable community evenness
(E> 0.75).
II - 33
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Table 2.6a. Results Analysis of Marine Benthos-Quarter 1/2014
No.
INDIVIDU
A
BIVALVIA
1
Tellina sp. 1
2
Tellina sp. 2
3
Veneridae
4
BIVALVIA (sp.1)
5
BIVALVIA (sp.2)
B
GASTROPODA
6
Atys sp.
7
GASTROPODA (sp. 1)
8
GASTROPODA (sp. 2)
9
GASTROPODA (sp. 3)
C
POLYCHAETA
10
POLYCHAETA
D
NEMATODA
11
NEMATODA (sp.)
E
PROTOZOA
12
Pseudorotalia sp.
13
Quingueloculina sp.1
14
Number of Individual /sampel
Number of Taxa
H'-max = Log2S
Equitailitas (E) = H'/H-max
AL-2
AL-3
AL-4
AL-5
AL-6
AL-7
3
2
3
2
-
2
1
2
3
-
4
3
2
-
4
2
1
2
2
2
4
-
2
1
5
9
11
5
43
10
2,98
3,32
0,9
1
3
5
6
3
21
7
2,55
2,81
0,91
2
1
-
2
7
4
2
23
8
2,77
3
0,92
1
1
1
-
4
5
3
24
9
2,95
3,17
0,93
1
-
1
-
4
6
2
5
5
2
28
10
3,12
3,32
0,94
4
6
4
29
8
2,82
3
0,94
Embankment: the results of the analysis of the Shannon-Wiener diversity index
(H ') benthos in Quarter 1 2014 ranged from 1.30 to 2.25 (Table 2.6b), based on
the criteria of Zar (1996) benthos diversity included in the category of medium-
high (1.0  H ' 3.0), with ekuitabilitas (E) or stable community evenness (E>
0.75).
No.
Table 2.6b. Benthos Analysis Results Embankment Quarter-1/2014
INDIVIDUAL
AT-1
AT-2
AT-3
BIVALVIA
1
Tellina sp. 1
1
2
2
Tellina sp. 2
2
3
BIVALVIA (sp.)
1
1
GASTROPODA
4
GASTROPODA (sp. 1)
1
5
GASTROPODA (sp. 2)
1
POLYCHAETA
6
POLYCHAETA
2
NEMATODA
7
NEMATODA (sp.)
5
4
PROTOZOA
8
5
9
Number of individual/sample
9
8
8
Number of Taxa
4
3
4
1,66
1,30
1,75
H'-max = Log2S
2
1,58
2
Equitailitas (E) = H'/H-max
0,83
0,82
0,88
AT-4
AT-5
AT-6
1
-
1
1
-
4
2
2
5
4
1,92
2
0,96
1
2
8
5
2,25
2,32
0,97
-
3
4
12
4
1,86
2
0,93
1
1
-
-
2
II - 34
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Table 2.6c. Recapitulation Benthos Analysis Results Quarter-1/2014
Marine benthos
Diversity Index H'
Equitabilitas Index (E)
Benthos Embankment
Indeks Diversitas H'
Index Equitabilitas (E)
Kriteria (Zar, 1996):
H’ < 1.0: low diversity
1.0  H’  3.0: medium diversity
H’ > 3.0: high diversity
AL-2
2,98
0,90
AT-1
1,66
0,83
Analysis Results
AL-4
AL-5
2,77
2,95
0,92
0,93
AT-3
AT-4
1,75
1,86
0,88
0,93
AL-3
2,55
0,91
AT-2
1,30
0,82
< E < 0,50: distressed communities
0.50 < E < 0.75:Unstable community
0.75 < E < 1.00: Stable community
AL-6
3,12
0,94
AT-5
1,92
0,96
AL-7
2,82
0,94
AT-6
2,25
0,97
c. Biota Sea
Types of other marine life that are often found in the waters around PLTU, among
others: jellyfish (Aurelia spp.), The types of mangrove crabs and fish Mudskipper
(Figure 2.6). Mudskipper Fish can be used as a qualitative indicator of the condition
of the substrate contamination muddy intertidal zone. The types of fish that are often
obtained by anglers around the jetty, among others, white snapper, grouper mud.
Under the jetty frequently encountered types of shrimp, crab.
Ubur-ubur
Kepiting
Kepiting (Uca sp.)
Ubur-ubur
Ikan gelodok
Kepiting
(Sesarma sp.)
Figure 2.6. Some type of Marine who Often Found
II - 35
PT PLN (PERSERO)
2.2.2. Biota Land
a. Flora / Vegetation
Species of flora that can be found among other types of vegetation / natural
vegetation and cultivated plants, both economical plants (fruit trees) and / or
ornamental plants / decorative plants and plants pentup / ground cover (images
2.7), with the following details:
Figure 2.7. Diversity Type Flora / Vegetation in PLTU Lontar
Types of natural plant around the PLTU, generally a coastal plants around the
pond, among others: fires (Avicenia spp.); Tanjang (Rhizophora spp.), ki jaran
(Lannea grandis), jamuju (Acanthus ilicifolius), beluntas (Plucea indica), kerokot
II - 36
PT PLN (PERSERO)
(Portulaca indica), alang-alang (Imperata cylindrica), sikejut (Mimosa pudica),
Tifa (Typha angustifolia).
Greening plant roadside PLTU access: trembesi (Samanea saman), ketapan
senegal (Terminalia senegalensis), red bud (Syzygium oleina), bintaro (Cerbera
odollam), leucaena (Leucaena leucocephala).
Parks around the office and mosques and RTH in the PLTU footprint: senegal
Ketapang (Terminalia senegalensis), red bud (Syzygium oleina), bintaro (Cerbera
odollam), wind pine (Casuarina equisetifolia), fir gembel (Cupressus papuana),
coconut (Cosos nucifera ), papaya (Carica papaya), mango (Mangifera indica),
breadfruit (Artocarpus communis), jatropha (Jathropha curcas), palm (Phoenix
dactylifera), red palm (Cyrtostachys lakka), Rhapis (Rhapis excelsa), palm
daughter (Veitchia merillii), etc.
Flowering ornamental plants: ornamental bananas (Heliconia spp.), Jasmine
(Jasminum sambac), Soka (Ixora sp.), Frangipani japan (Adenium sp.), kaca piring
(Gardenia spectabilis). Other ornamental plants: walisanga (Schefflera actynophylla),
drasena (Dracaena spp.), pohon pangkas (Duranta repens), monstera (Monstera
viridis).
Cover crops / ground cover: elephant grass (Pennisetum purpureum), Japanese
grass (Zoysia matrella), bean-ornamental (Arachis pintoi).
b. Fauna
Fauna / wildlife are frequently encountered in PLTU siting and surrounding, among
others:
The types of insects: The types of dragonflies; Order: Odonata) which is an
indicator of clean water, and the types of butterflies as pollinating insects
(pollinators).
The types of reptiles, among others: the ular bakau (Homalopsis sp),
chameleons (Calotes jubatus), kadal rumput (Mabouya multifasciata), biawak
(Varanus salvator).
Overall encountered about 21 species of birds, the bird species protected PP
7/199 around 9 types, among others: cangak abu (Ardea cinerea), elang rawa
(Circus sp.), elang bondong (Haliastur indus), kipasan (Rhipidura javanica) and
other types of honey sesap as pollinators / pollinator: Anthreptes spp.,
Nectarinia spp. Other bird species: burung gereja (Passer montanus dan bondol
jawa (Lonchura leucogastroides). Bird diversity index / aves reaches H '= 2.92
(Table 2.7).
II - 37
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Figure 2.8. Types of Insects in PLTU Lontar
No
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
Bird Name
Elang bondol
Banbangan kuning
Bubut
Burung gereja
Burung madu
Cabean
Cangak abu
Cekakak sungai
Emprit
Jok-jok
Kapinis laut
Kedasih
Kipasan
Kuntul
Kuntul karang
Kutilang
Prenjak
Raja udang
Sesap madu
Tekukur
Walet kusapi
Table 2.7. Diversity Analysis Results Type Birds
Scientific Name
Haliastur indus*)
Ixobrychus sinensis
Centropus bengalensis
Passer montanus
Nectarinia sp. *)
Dicaeum trochileum
Ardea cinerea*)
Todirhamphus chloris*)
Lonchura leucogastroides
Pycnonotus leucogaster
Apus pacificus
Cuculus merulinus
Rhipidura javanica*)
Egretta alba*)
Egretta sacra*)
Pycnonotus aurigaster
Prinia familiaris
Alcedo meninting*)
Anthreptes spp. *)
Streptopelia sinensis
Colacalia esculenta
Bird abundance / observation
Amount type
Shannon-Wiener diversity index (H ')
H 'maximum
Ekuitabilitas Index
Results Analysis of observational data, March 2014
K
2
1
1
5
3
4
10
2
F
2
1
1
3
3
2
3
2
3
2
7
1
2
12
6
3
2
2
2
3
6
79
2
79
21
2
3
1
2
3
3
2
2
2
1
3
2
45
2,921
3,045
0,959
KR
2,532
1,266
1,266
6,329
3,797
5,063
12,658
2,532
3,797
2,532
8,861
1,266
2,532
15,190
7,595
3,797
2,532
2,532
2,532
3,797
7,595
100
FR
4,444
2,222
2,222
6,667
6,667
4,444
6,667
4,444
4,444
4,444
6,667
2,222
4,444
6,667
6,667
4,444
4,444
4,444
2,222
6,667
4,444
100
INP
6,976
3,488
3,488
12,996
10,464
9,508
19,325
6,976
8,242
6,976
15,527
3,488
6,976
21,857
14,262
8,242
6,976
6,976
4,754
10,464
12,039
200
H'
0,117
0,071
0,071
0,178
0,154
0,145
0,226
0,117
0,131
0,117
0,198
0,071
0,117
0,242
0,188
0,131
0,117
0,117
0,089
0,154
0,169
2,921
Information: *): Protected Species PP No.
7/1999.
II - 38
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Figure 2.9. Types of Reptiles, Birds Around PLTU Lontar
II - 39
PT PLN (PERSERO)
2.3. COMPONENTS SOCIO-ECONOMIC-CULTURAL
development plan PLTU Lontar Unit #4 (300 – 400 MW) located in the Village Lontar of
Pecan District, Tangerang District, Banten Province. The location is bordering to the
activity of other different types of activities, such as: embankment, paddy field and
activities of fishing charts. It is the factors that influence the type and intensity of
impacts.
2.3.1. Total, Density and Population Growth
The number of residents in the District Pecan recorded 40 605 inhabitants, in the
District Mauk 77 599 inhabitants, in the district of 53,100 inhabitants Sukadiri, in
District Pakuhaji 103 506 inhabitants, in the district of 138 330 inhabitants
Teluknaga.
In general, of the five districts, the ratio of the number of males slightly larger than
females, ie 102-104 compared to 100. In particular villages in the district Pecan
showed almost similar picture that the ratio of the number of males slightly larger
than females, ie 100-110 compared to 100.
As for the population density suggests that the population density in 5 districts
uneven. Rather high population density in the District of Teluknaga, which is 3,409
inhabitants / km2.
Table 2.8. Population, Gender and Population Density Ratio in District Kemiri, Mauk,
Sukadiri, Pakuhaji and Teluknaga
District
Man
Woman
Total
Ratio Gender
Area(Km2)
Density/km2
Kemiri
21.194
19.411
40.605
109.19
32,70
1.242
Pakuhaji
53.250
50.256
103.506
105.96
51,87
1.995
Mauk
Sukadiri
Teluknaga
39.626
27.574
71.061
37.973
25.526
67.269
77.599
53.100
138.330
104.35
108.02
105.96
Source: Tabulation Data From Tangerang Regency Village Profile, 2013
51,42
24,14
40,58
1.509
2.200
3.409
While specifically for Kemiri which is a sub-district PLTU project site Lontar , some of
40 605 people in seven villages, in the District Kemiri, the population had less evenly.
For example, the village which has a fairly high population Kelebet village (8,931
inhabitants), while somewhat lower population found in Karanganyar village (3,547
inhabitants).
High population density found in Rancawuluh village (3,322 inhabitants / km2) and
rather low recorded in Lontar village (797 people / km2).
II - 40
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Table 2.9. Population, Gender and Population Density Ratio in 7 Village Sub Pecan,
Tangerang).
Village
Rancabaluh
Kemiri
Kelebet
Lontar
Karang Anyar
Patra Manggala
Legok Sukamaju
Total
Man
Woman
Total
2936
4498
4549
2866
1776
1279
2133
21.194
2892
4066
4382
2757
1771
1936
2045
19.411
5828
8564
8931
5623
3547
3215
4178
40.605
SOurce: Tabulation Data From Tangerang Regency Village Profile, 2013
Ratio
Gender
101,53
110,62
103,79
103,96
100,30
101,23
104,28
104,37
Area
(km2)
1,7539
4.7900
5,9100
7,0500
4,3300
5,8460
2,7100
32,7039
Density/
km2
3.322
1.787
1.511
797
819
549
1.541
1.242
The population density in the villages surrounding the PLTU site plan Lontar Unit 4 is
relatively high, especially in Sub Pecan. The population density figures ranging
between 549-3322 people / km2. The highest population density in the Village
Rancabuluh ie 3,322 people / km2.
Great value density of the population, there does not mean that higher economic
pressure. Therefore, theoretically there are other factors that need to be taken into
account, namely the opportunity for extending and or intensification of agriculture
sector, opening up opportunities outside the traditional sector / agriculture in the
village open employment and business opportunities outside the village and the
development of other sectors that provide opportunities for people to live.
In connection with the various sources of livelihood, should be noted also classified
as definite source or uncertain. This last condition, also influence the behavior of the
population towards the emergence of employment opportunities and new business
created by a project.
2.3.2. Number of Schools Around Tread Project
Table 2.10. Number of Schools Around Tread Project, Tangerang District
Sub-district
Kemiri
Mauk
Sukadiri
Pakuhaji
Teluknaga
Total
Kindergarten
Elementary
2
6
3
3
7
21
16
30
18
36
42
142
Junior
High
School
7
7
9
7
15
45
Senior
High
School
3
3
5
4
5
20
Source: Tabulation Data From Tangerang Regency Village Profile, 2013
Vocational
School
Total
3
3
2
1
6
15
31
49
37
51
75
243
The number of available schools around the area of study is that there were 21
schools kindergarten, 142 elementary school, junior high school at 45, as many as 20
senior high schools, and private vocational schools as many as 15. Districts that have
II - 41
PT PLN (PERSERO)
the highest educational facilities is the District Teluknaga and that at least has the
school is the District Pecan.
2.4. COMPONENTS OF PUBLIC HEALTH
Health infrastructure in Sub Pecan Pecan is a health center. Unit Health Center
Kecamtan Pecan, Pecan with a coverage area of work includes 7 Village, namely: 1)
Kemiri Village; 2) Klebet Village; 3) Ranca Labuh Village; 4) Patra Manggala Village; 5)
Karang Anyar Village r; 6) Lontar Village; 7) Legok Sukamaju Village.
Data on the number of health workers and supporters can be described in the
following table.
No
Table 2.11. Total Medical, Paramedical and his supporters in Public Healt Centre Pecan
Categories of Worker
1
General Practitioners
2
Dentist
3
Nurse
4
Midwife
5
Dental Nurse
6
T.U
7
Counter Clerk
8
Pharmacist
9
Janitor
Total
Source: Kemiri Public Healt Centre, 2013
Total Power
Medical,
Paramedical
3
1
5
16
0
1
2
2
1
30
Employment Status
Civil
Servants
2
1
5
9
0
1
1
1
0
20
PTT
Honorer
Sukwan
1
0
0
7
0
0
0
0
0
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
3
Posyandu are in the working area of Puskesmas Kemiri Unit totaled 44 units, with the
following details:
1) Kemiri village
: 8 unit
4) Patra Manggala village
: 6 unit
2) Ranca Labuh village
3) Klebet village
5) Karang Anyar village
6) Lontar village
7) Legok Sukamaju village
: 6 unit
: 8 unit
: 6 unit
: 5 unit
: 5 unit
Other facilities include: Pecan Posyandus and Puskesmas are 10 pieces in 7 villages,
Polindes there are 6 pieces in 5 villages (Kemiri, Klebet, Rc.Labuh, Patra.M, Kr.Anyar,
Lontar), Standby village there are two villages, the village Ranca Labuh and Lontar
village.
Data on the number of health workers at health facilities located in Tangerang district
can be explained in the following table.
II - 42
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Table 2.12. Number of Health Workers in Government & Private Health Facilities in
Tangerang
Profession
General Practitioners
Dentist
Medical Specialist
Dentist Specialist
Midwife
Dental Nurse
Pharmacist
Apoteker Asisstant
Nutrisionis
Sanitarian
Public Health
therapist
Pranata Lab
Radiographer
Total
Type of Health Facility
Government
Private
101
1.129
53
281
85
295
12
70
424
636
4
15
201
37
116
40
43
19
11
13
20
1.304
3.437
Source: Tangerang District Health Office, 2013.
Total
1.230
334
380
82
1.060
4
216
153
40
43
19
11
13
20
4.741
The number of medical personnel in the District Teluknaga, as many as 10 doctors,
while the least are in District Kmeiri as many as 3 doctors.
Table 2.13 Number of Medical Staff in Health Facilities Around Tread Project, Tangerang
Sub-district
Kemiri
Mauk
Sukadiri
Pakuhaji
Teluknaga
Total
Medical Specialist
1
1
2
Source: Tangerang District Health Office, 2012
Doctor
2
4
3
5
7
21
Dentist
1
3
1
2
3
10
Total
3
8
4
8
10
33
Data on most emerging disease in which there is a public health environment in
Tangerang district can be explained in the following table.
Table 2.14. Ten Most Disease in Patients Outpatient in Tangerang District Hospital
Diagnosis
TBC Lungs/KP Duplek
Ceruman Prop (CP)
ISPA
Hard Networking Other Dental Disease
Ear disease and Prosesus Mastoid
Dental Caries
Dyspepsia
AO
OMSK, OMA
Total
Source: Tangerang District Health Office, 2013.
Total Patient
1.401
1.756
1.504
1.228
947
1.114
861
1.400
861
11.072
Percentage
12,65%
15,86%
13,58%
11,09%
8,55%
10,06%
7,78%
12,64%
7,78%
II - 43
PT PLN (PERSERO)
2.5. SURVEY RESULTS OF THE ASPECTS SOCIO-ECONOMIC-CULTURAL COMMUNITY
AT AROUND THE LOCATION PROJECT PLAN
Monitoring result of the social conditions of communities at surrounding generator of
PLTU Lontar, eksisting Related with kamtibmas issue until Descember 2013 are as
follows:
In general from the results of interviews the population in this village, socioeconomic impact that arise especially at RT 03 is still the existence of public
complaints around embankment fish that has affected by the spread of ash from
operational PLTU Lontar. Similarly on plant and rice plants or rice field the existing
at surrounding activities. Based on monitoring result and analysis, that black
smoke which seen by residents at surronding PLTU Lontar not fly-ash that
perception by residents, but the smoke apparently derived from the process initial
combustion furnace that use of materials HSD (high speed diesel/ diesel oil).
at the time of operation existence of PLTU project This also brings benefits or give
positive impact to the people around because has provided employment
opportunities for local workers, has some children and families of residents that
worked as laborers or security guard at the PLTU projectBesides the positive
impact of there is also a negative impact of presence the project this is dust can be
interfere with the respiratory health of residents, the noise that interferes with the
comfort of rest resident if PLTU if the PLTU activity at night.
Concerns about existence of Jetty that predicted in AMDAL that can give rise
disruption to fishing boat traffic, it turns out from result interview team with some
fishing boat crew that are anchored near TPI, most of the fishermen stated that
During this time they never had any interference or had an accident cruise around
Jetty of PLTU Lontar.
Based on information from http://www.agrina-online.com (4 March 2013), have
been conducted model of revitalization of the embankment (demfarm) shrimp with
extensive
4 ha by Great Hall of Brackish Water Aquaculture Development
(BBPBAP) Jepara. demfarm location near the location of the steam power plant
(PLTU) Lontar, Lontar Village, Kemiri Subdistict,Tangerang District, Banten. Where
shrimp embankment in this region ceased operations since 2000 due to virus
attack is suspected contaminated with waste disposal PLTU.
II - 44
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Demfarm program by Great Hall of Brackish Water Aquaculture Development
(BBPBAP)Jepara successful harvest the cultivation shrimp in embankment near
PLTU. model land revitalization of the pond (demfarm) breadth 4 ha This has
resulted 6,7 ton shrimp size 70 per 0,8 ha on January 2013Meanwhile, the target
harvest pegged at 6 ton/ha.
From the results of interviews with resident around the PLTU Lontar, socio-economic
impacts that arise on surrounding communities still the tendency of resident
complaints s around shrimp embankment/fish affected by the spread of ash from the
operational activities PLTU Lontar. Similarly in plants and plant rice or rice fields that
surround activity.
Tendency worries and public perception motivated, among others by:
PLTU Liquid waste where pollution of river water by chlorine compounds indicated
existence a chlorine smell in the river in around the locayion of PLTU Lontar.
However, the results of laboratory tests in December 2012 on the quality of river
water thay intended already polluted, was not found chlorine elements that are
above standard quality. Mengapa hal ini bisa terjadi? Possible causes are been
successful pollution prevention actions the wider conducted by the initiator Lontar
PLTU ie, to localize the impact of leakage installation the condenser cooling water
pipe.
Besides the problem of fly ash, There are other things ie worry about the presence
of the activity of the jetty, it is feared the presence of the jetty can cause disruption
to traffic the fishing boats Besides the problem of fly ashHowever, out of the results
of interviews team with the fishing boats crew being anchored near the TPI and
activity around the jetty, most of the fishermen say that so far there is no obstacle
for fishermen to dock around the jetty, and there was never any disturbance or
shipping accidents around the jetty.
2.6. TRAFFIC
Project location atbPLTU 3 Banten which is located in the Lontar village ,Kemiri
subdistict , can be achieved by using a vehicle, by private vehicles or ground
transportation such as public transit and bus. To reach the Lontar Village ,Kemiri
subdistrict where the Location PLTU 3 Banten will be built can be reached from two
directions, ie when it comes from the East by private vehicles or ground transportation
such as public transit and bus (Jakarta and Tangerang northern side) can reach the
II - 45
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Lontar village of Mauk. Meanwhile, when it comes from the West (Serang and
Tangerang south side) enter from Balaraja - Kresek - Kronjo - Lontar.
Busyness of transport in the study area is dominated by two-wheeled vehicles
(motorcycles and bicycles). While the usual type of public transportation operates Bus,
mini bus "Elf" and regular public transport (minibus). For heavy vehicles truck type /
tronton, very little is found that cross the track towards the the study area (Lontar
village).
To know the volume of traffic that includes the type of vehicle and traffic density
conducted traffic survey. Observation of the traffic conducted on the three (3)
locations: the first represent location of the volume of traffic on the road that connects
crackle-Kronjo, The second location represent the volume of traffic on the road that
connects Kronjo- Kemiri and third locations represent the volume of traffic on the road
that connects Mauk-Kronjo. Tabel 2.15a , table below shows the volume of traffic
conditions in all three of these roads.
From the table it will be seen that the highest number of vehicles The first occurred at
peak hours (06:00 a.m - 09:00 a.m) and the third peak hours (GMT 3:00 p.m. to 6:00
p.m.). This is due at the peak hour is the hour to come to work and hours of home work.
Tabel 2.15a. Road Traffic Volume Connecting Roads that Kresek-Kronjo, Kronjo-Kemiri and
Mauk-Kronjo
Note : HV:Heavy Vehlcle ( kendaraan berat), LV : Light ehlcle (kendaraan ringan), MC= Motorcyle(speda motor), UM :
Unmotorised Viltic/e (tidak bermotor). P= SMP factor, Qp : Volume /a/u traffic in SMP
II - 46
PT PLN (PERSERO)
In all three of these roads above can be seen that the largest number of vehicles are
motorcycles, ie B1, B - 89.3% .n While heavy vehicle is a type of vehicle with the
smallest number (1,22-1,860%).
Road Service Levels
Level of road service at baseline is known through calculation of Qp / C ratio
or comparisons the volume of traffic (Qp) with the road capacityThe amount of
parameters to calculate the capacity of the road (C) is as follows:
Basic capacity (Co)
the adjustment factor road width capacity (FW)
Factor of adjustment capacity road shoulder (Fks)
: 2.900 SMP/jam
: 0,83
: 0,85
Factors of Separator Capacity Adjustment Direction (Fsp) : 0,94
Factors of Capacity Adjustment Freedom Side (Fsf)
Factors of Adjustment Of City Size Capacity (Fcs)
Road capacity (C) known by using the formula:
C
= Co x Fw x Fks x Fsp x Fsf x F cs
= 2.900 x 0,83 x 0,85 x 0,94 x 1,00 x 1,00
= 1.923 SMp/jam
: 1,00
: 1,00
The magnitude of parameters to calculate the flow velocity (V) are shown in Table
2.25a. And the magnitude of Qp / C ratio of each peak hours on roads that connects
Kresek-Kronjo, Kronjo-Kemiri and road connecting Mauk-Kronjo as shown in Table
2.15b.
Table 2.15b. Magnitude Parameters For Calculate Speed Flow (V) Roads
Connecting Kresek-Kronjo, Kronjo-Kemiri and Mauk-Kronjo
Note : Qp dlperoleh darl DS:Qp/C, V = Vo x 0,5 x (1+(1-DS)0,5).
II - 47
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Table 2.15c. The magnitude of R / C Ratio Line-Kronjo Kresek Road, Kronjo-Kemiri and
Mauk-Kronjo
Referring to the characteristics of the level of service according to the Directorate
General of Roads Department of Public Works (1993) as shown in Table 2.25d,
ranged from 0.22 to 0.67, then the level of service roads in the study area classified as
Class B and Class C Referring to the characteristics of the level of service according to
the Directorate General of Roads Department of Public Works (1993) as shown in
Table 2.25d.
Table 2.15d The magnitude of R / C Ratio Line-Kronjo Kresek Road, Kronjo-Kemiri and
2.7.
Mauk-Kronjo
SAMPLING LOCATIONS
Based on the study area boundary, then the sampling locations as well as the location
of the monitoring point can be illustrated in Figure 2.10a to 2.10d picture below.
II - 48
PT PLN (PERSERO)
L6 = 06⁰01'15" LS; 06⁰28'00" BT
L7 = 06⁰01'25" LS; 06⁰28'20" BT
L4 = 06⁰01'15" LS; 06⁰29'30"B
T 06⁰28'45"
L3 = 06⁰01'05" LS;
BT
L5 = 06⁰01'30" LS;
06⁰29'30"B T
Saluran Kanal/Outfall atau L2
Koordinat : 06⁰02’33” LS , 106⁰28’10”
BT
Keterangan :
Titik Penaatan
Saluran Kanal/Outfall
Air Laut & Biota Laut
(Plankton-Benthos)
Titik Penaatan Blowdown Boiler #1
Koordinat : 06⁰03’29” LS , 106⁰27’50”
BT
Koordinat : 06⁰03’30” LS , 106⁰27’52” BT
Koordinat : 06⁰03’31” LS , 106⁰27’55”
BT
Titik Penaatan Brine Desalination
Koordinat : 06⁰03’29” LS ,
106⁰27’44” BT
Titik Penaatan dengan koordinat
06⁰03’56,7” LS , 106⁰27’76,8” BT untuk :
1. Outlet Kondenser #1
Figure 2.10a. Map Location of Sampling Waste water, Sea water and Marine Life
II - 49
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Figure 2.10b. Map Location of Sampling Air Quality and Noise
II - 50
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Figure 2.10c. Map Location of Sampling Surface Water Quality (Embankment)
II - 51
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Figure 2.10d. Map Location of Sampling Sosekbud and Traffic Conditions
II - 52
PT PLN (PERSERO)
CHAPTER III
FORECAST IMPORTANT IMPACT
2015
PT PLN (PERSERO)
BAB III
3.1.
PRECONSTRUCTION ESTIMATED IMAGE ON STAGE
3.1.1. Public Perception
1. Sources of Impact
Information PLTU development plan Unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW) PLTU in the area
of 3 Banten (3 x 315 MW), which can craete to the existing response and public
perception about the PLTU.
2. Magnitude Impact
The magnitude of the impact is the percentage change in environmental quality
that occurs as a result of the activities and the absence of activity. Based on this,
the amount of which was relatively large (20% of total employment) concerned
citizens around the PLTU.
3. Important Properties of Impact
Criteria
Human amount that will be
Affected
The total area of spread of
impacts
Duration of the impact
Intensity impact
Review
The number of people affected mainly local people the
PLTU is important.
Wide spread is the settlement around the PLTU, the
Village Lontar and Karanganyar District of Pecan
The impact will take up to the start of the construction
phase is completed.
Level of positive perceptions that arise and
community support around the PLTU
Components of the affected environment is Sosekbud
component (perspsi and community responses)
Cumulative impact but relatively small
Many other environmental
components affected
The cumulative nature of the
impact
Reversibility or
The impact is reversed within a relatively long period.
irreversibility of the impact
The development of science
do approaching way with counseling
and technology
Conclusion: impact is important
important
properties of impact
Important
Important
Not Important
Important
Important
Not Important
Not Important
Not Important
Important
3.2. ESTIMATED IMPACT ON CONSTRUCTION STAGE
3.2.1. Employment and Business Opportunities
1. Source Impact
Recruitment activities under construction gives hope to the local community to fill
these opportunities. In these construction phase change to fulfilled the labour
III - 1
PT PLN (PERSERO)
postion for The local community is large enough for about 20% of the workforce
will be required to remember a lot of energy that does not require special skills
(non-skill).
Apart from the local employment, labor mobilization activities are also expected
to expand the diversity of types of business opportunities for the residents in the
area around the project site and the project. Type of business that could be
developed for a project, among others, open stalls to provide food and daily
necessities project workers. In addition, the number of migrant workers can open
up opportunities for local people to rent rooms or homes for temporary shelter
workers, especially for migrant workers. With the absorption of locals as unskilled
labor and development stalls, as well as lodging places rented to migrant workers,
it can provide additional family income for local communities and economic
development of the region.
2. Magnitude of Impact
Recruitment phase of construction is estimated to ± 2,200 (accumulative).
Estimation of the local workforce absorbed about 10%, then the number of the
local workforce of about 220 people who also felt by family. Assuming one person
to bear 4 people, it will have an impact on the 880 ±. With the revenues are
expected to be open business opportunities that will arise double effect.
3. Important Character of impact
Characteristic
Human amount that
will be Affected
The total area spread
of impacts
intensity Impact
Many other
environmental
components affected
The cumulative
characteristic of the
impact
Reversibility or
irreversibility of the
impact
The development of
science and technology
Conclusion
Description
Humans are affected rural communities
around the study area in the District of
Kemiri (with a population in 2013 of about
8564 inhabitants)
Sebagian besar akan tersebar di desa-desa
sekitar proyek Kecamatan Kemiri.
Selama periode konstruksi
Hanya sekali selama tahap konstruksi (12
bulan – sesuai time schedule) saat
penerimaan tenaga kerja.
Komponen lingkungan lain yang mungkin
terkena dampak persepsi masyarakat dan
tingkat pendapatan masyarakat
Dampak tidak bersifat kumulatif, karena
dampak akan hilang dengan berhentinya
aktivitas penerimaan tenaga kerja
Dampak tidak berbalik.
Melakukan pendekatan dengan cara
penyuluhan
ADDENDUM EIA, PLAN DEVELOPMENT UNIT4 (300 – 400 MW) PLTU 3 BANTEN (3 X 315 MW)
Important
Characteristic
Impact
p
p
p
P
p
TP
TP
TP
P
III - 2
PT PLN (PERSERO)
3.2.2. Public Perception
1. Source Impact
The impact on the public perception of it was secondary impacts arising from their
employment. Recruitment activities under construction gives hope to the local
community to fill these opportunities. In the construction phase is an opportunity
to fill the position of employment for the local community is quite large
considering it will take a lot of energy that does not require special skills (nonskill).
Recruitment construction phase is estimated 2,200 people. This amount would
also be felt by family. Assuming one person to bear 4 people, it will have an
impact on 880 people. With the revenues are expected to be affected the
opportunity to try to get back so it would appear double effect as a result of the
income.
3. Important Characteristic Impact
Characteristic
Human amount that will
be Affected
The total area spread of
impacts
intensity Impact
Many other
environmental
components affected
The cumulative
characteristic of the
impact
Reversibility or
impact
The development of
Conclusion
Description
Humans are affected by society (labor force)
in the villages around the area of study in the
District Kemiri
Kemiri District and around.
During the construction period Kemiri
Only once during the construction phase (12
months - according time schedule) during
recruitment.
Other environmental components that may
be affected by public perception.
Cumulative impacts, the impact will be lost
with the cessation of recruitment activity.
The impact is not turned.
Approach is to extension
Important
Characteristic
Impact
p
p
P
P
TP
TP
TP
P
3.2.3. Environmental Sanitation
1. Source Impact
In the construction phase of the development of the PLTU unit # 4 (1 x 300-400
MW) is expected to require 2,200 workers at peak conditions that will work
every morning until late even evening.
III - 3
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Domestic activities (MCK) workers in basecamp will generate domestic
wastewater (sewage / greywater and wastewater sanitary / feces / blackwater)
and domestic waste generation. The waste water invites organic substances,
among others, BOD, COD, phosphate, ammonia and nitrate, and it was likely to
contain bacteria that can transmit diseases water-borne diseases (waterborne
diseases).
2. Spread Magnitude
Personal equivalent water consumption each person per day approximately 100
liters (SNI 03-7065-2005) Then the amount of water needed by the estimated
2,200 workers can reach people x 50 = 2200 l / day / person = 110,000 l / day =
110 m3 / day. Domestic waste water / gray water produced can reach 80% of
total water consumption, which is 80% x 110 m3 / day = 88 m3 / day.
Estimation of sanitary waste water / blackwater = 2,200 x 1.8 l / person / day
(Feachem et al., 1983 in the Mara and Cairncross-ITB-unud-WHO, 1994) = 3960 l
/ d = 3.96 m3 / day. Total domestic wastewater = 88 m / hr + 3.96 m3 / hr =
91.96  92 m3 / day, which will be piped to the existing drainage channels and
processed in a sanitary sewage treatment plant (SSTP) to meet the quality
standards of the existing Decree LH No. 12 of 2003 on Domestic Waste Water
Quality Standards, prior to circulate into the sea.
Estimates of domestic waste generation assumed one person produce garbage as
much as 3 liters / day (Revised SNI 03-3242-1994), then daily domestic waste
generation = 2,200 k 3 l / day / person = 6.600 liters / day = 6.6 m3 / day.
Disaggregated by type of garbage collected at the polling station, which is
transported to the landfill by the contractor (in coordination with the Department of
3.
-
Health and Pertamana Tangerang).
Important Characteristic Impact
Characteristic
Affected
The total area of distribution of
impacts
Intensity Impact
components affected
impact
Reversibility or irreversibility of
the impact
The development of science and
technology
Conclusion
Description
Limited to construction workers at the
project site basecamp
Limited around basecamp and TPS
During the construction period
Limited during the construction phase (12
months - according time schedule)
Other environmental components
potentially affected is sea water quality
deterioration
Cumulative impacts, the impact will be lost
with the cessation of recruitment activity.
Impact turned.
Approach is to extension
Important
Characteristic Impact
Not Important
Not Important
Not Important
Not Important
Not Important
Not Important
Not Important
Not Important
Not Important
III - 4
PT PLN (PERSERO)
3.2.4. Traffict Generation
1. Source Impact
Sources impact traffic disruption is the mobilization of tools and materials by
road.
The assumption of the transport vehicle is a tool and work material for 5-10
vehicles per day or the equivalent of 30 Junior High School. If calculated per-hour
is 3.75 Junior / h so there will be additional traffic volume of 3.75 Junior / h or 1-2
vehicles per hour. This addition is not significant with existing traffic conditions,
but generally run slower vehicles is between 30-40 km / h.
Characteristic
be Affected
The total area of
distribution of impacts
Intensity Impact
Many other
environmental
components affected
The cumulative
Characteristic of the
impact
Reversibility or
impact
The development of
Conclusion
Description
The number of people affected between 100-200
people (assuming each vehicle containing 3
people)
Wide spread impact is along the road Kronjo
During the mobilization phase of tools and
materials (2-3 months).
Small impact intensity with the addition of traffic
volume of 3.75 Junior High School / h.
Other environmental components that may be
affected are traffic accidents.
Impacts are cumulative, because the effects are
instantaneous.
The impact will be turned every tool and
material mobilization activities.
Approach by means of traffic engineering
Important
Characteristic
Impact
Important
Important
Important
Important
Important
Not Important
Not Important
Not Important
Important
3.2.5. Sea Traffic
1. Source Impact
Sources of interference impact the safety of shipping is the mobilization of tools
and materials by sea.
Frequency of carriage by sea road for mobilization tool and work material is
estimated between 1-2 trips per month.
III - 5
PT PLN (PERSERO)
3. Sifat Penting Dampak Important Characteristic Impact
Criteria
Affected
The total area of distribution
of impacts
intensity Impact
many other environmental
components exposed to
impact
impact
Reversibility or
and technology
Conclusion
Description
The number of people affected by the almost nonexistent
widespread deployment impact is around the beach
in front (north) PLTU 3 Banten
During the mobilization phase of tools and materials
(2-3 months)
Intensity small impact with frequency of 1-2 trips per
month.
Komponen lingkungan lain yang mungkin terkena
dampak tidak ada.
Impacts are cumulative, because the effects are
instantaneous
The impact will be turned every tool and material
mobilization activities
Approach by way of counseling of marine traffic of
engineering
Important
properties Impact
not important
not important
not important
not important
not important
not important
not important
not important
not important
3.2.6. Decrease Air Quality (Mobilization Equipment and Materials)
1. Source of Impact
Sources impact air quality deterioration during the construction phase are
emissions from vehicles mobilization of materials and equipment. Mobilization of
equipment and materials by sea and land. Mobilization by sea is through the port
of Merak to dock specifically PLTU 3 Banten. While mobilization by land is via
Highway Kronjo Tangerang.
The capacity of the road to be traversed vehicle weight is 1923 SMP / h (see
ronaawal). Traffic volume (Qp) in the rush hour is 441-1205 SMP / Hour.
Passenger car unit factor (passenger car unit) for heavy vehicles is 1.2. If 90 of
those vehicles through at a time of 1 hour and during peak hours, there will be an
increase in traffic volume of 441-1203 SMP / h at ronaawal became 549-1746
SMP / h.
In the mobilization of equipment and materials to the project site will use the
land transportation, so it will causes an increase in traffic volume highway in the
study area, as previously described.
Increasing the volume of the motor vehicle will contribute to air pollution as a
result of motor vehicle exhaust gas which emits dust, CO, SO2, NOx and other
pollutants. They will also be emitted dust from the resuspension of dust due to
transportation activities.
III - 6
PT PLN (PERSERO)
To calculate the amount of gas emissions from motor vehicles used emission
factors of trucks with gasoline and diesel fuel, while the emission of dust
resuspension factor using the formula.
E = (0,81 d) (S/30) (365 – H)/365
Where d = the content of dust on the road, is assumed to be 8%; S is the average
speed of the vehicle; H = the average number of rainy days greater than 0.254
mm / day, which is 137 days. Based on the emission factors can then be
calculated rate of emissions from motor vehicles and the rate of emission of dust
resuspension, then using the Gaussian model for mobile sources, it is known
concentrations air pollution at a distance of 100 m and 300 m from the road
(Table 3.1).
Table 3.1. Contributions pollutant substances from Mobilization Activity Tools and Materials
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
pollutant substances
CO
HC
NOx
SO2
Dust
Dust from resuspension
Source: Calculation Results, 2014
Unit
ց/m3
ց/m3
ց/m3
ց/m3
ց/m3
ց/m3
Distance from Source
100 meter
300 meter
0.75
0.56
0.24
0.18
0.27
3.20
0.25
0.19
0.14
0.11
500
375
Based on the table above shows that the contribution of the increase in the
concentration of pollutants CO, HC, NOx and SO2 small relative to the increase in
air pollution, but the contribution of the increase in the dust of significant
resuspension, ie at a distance of 100 meters to 500 ց / m3 and at a distance of
300 meters from the roadside dust concentration was 375 ց / m3, has exceeded
the ambient air quality standards according to PP 41, 1999 amounted to 230 ց /
m3.
3. Important properties Impact
Criteria
Analysis
Affected
The total area of
The number of people affected is residents on the
path through which the settlement mobilization
Wide deployment is within 100 meters of the source
followed the dominant wind direction
Only during mobilization activities (intermittent /
disconnected), not continuous)
Impact exceeded the quality standard at a distance of
100 from the source
Other environmental components that may be
affected are public health problems
Impacts are not cumulative
intensity Impact
components affected
The cumulative nature of
the impact
Reversibility or
and technology
conclusion
The impact is reversed.
Approach is to management at the source
Important
properties Impact
important
important
not Important
important
important
not Important
not Important
not Important
important
III - 7
PT PLN (PERSERO)
3.2.7. Decrease Air Quality (Source Impact: Maturation of Land)
1. Source of Impact
Land maturation activity consists of activities stripping and stockpiling of soil.
The activity required for heavy equipment such as shovels, bulldozers, backhoe
excavators, loaders and trucks to transport the soil.
The operation of heavy equipment in the activities of Land maturation will emit
pollutants from flue gas trucks and heavy equipment and will emit dust as
dominant pollutants from dust resuspension phenomena.
Assuming a lot of heavy equipment that operate as many as 50 pieces and
operated for 8 hours per day. Silt levels of 7.5% and the number of rainy days>
0.254 mm / hour for 137 days / year, then a lot of dust emitted resuspension is
8.96 grams / sec.
By using Gaussian dispersion and atmospheric stability conditions C, wind speed
of 4 meters / sec, the concentration of dust at a distance of 500 meters from the
center of activity in the stripping and stockpiling of soil is expected to fall to 194
ց / m3 and at a distance of 1 km, the dust concentration is only 54 ց / m3.
Increased levels of dust is relatively small considering the existing land at the
project site is a wetland, thus stripping, trenching and backfilling soil will not
produce significant amounts of dust.
Criteria
Affected
The total area of the spread
of impacts
intensity Impact
components affected
impact
Reversibility or
and technology
conclusion
Analysis
The number of people affected are construction
workers at the site of activity
Wide spread is within a radius of 500 meters from the
source to follow the dominant wind direction
Land maturation is limited so that the activity is
completed
Impact exceeded the quality standard at a distance of
100 from the source
Other environmental components that may be affected
are construction workers K3 disorder
Cumulative no impact
Impact is to turn
Important
properties Impact
not important
not important
not important
not important
not important
not important
not important
not important
not important
With the consideration that the dust concentration is still below the ambient air
quality standards according to the Government Regulation No. 41, 1999 amounted
to 230 ց / m3 and will only lasted for Land maturation activities take place (3-6
months), the impact of Land maturation to increased dust with secondary effects
on public health are categorized as negative effects are not important.
III - 8
PT PLN (PERSERO)
3.2.8. Noise
1. source of Impact
The impact of increased noise source is the construction of PLTU unit # 4 and
extension of the jetty, which is derived from the operational noise from
construction equipment.
Increased noise comes from the sound of construction equipment, including drill
tool pile piles, cranes, diesel engines, welding machines, car operations. Forecast
Method of Noise Impact noise level formula distance function:
L2 = L1 - 10 log (R2/R1)
L2 = Noise level (dBA) at a distance of R 2 (meters) from the source of noise
L1 = Noise level (dBA) at a distance R 1 (meters) from the source of noise
R2 = Listener distance from the noise source (meters)
R1 = Noisy distance from the source (meters)
Noise various equipment used is presented in the table below:
Table 3.2. Noise Equipment In Various Distance
No
Equipment
1
2
3
4
5
Pile drilling tools pole Stake
Crane
diesel engines
Welding machine (welding)
operational car
Noise (dBA) at distance (m) from the Source
1m
25 m
50 m
100 m
120 m
70
56
53
50
49
70
56
53
50
49
75
61
58
55
54
75
61
58
55
54
60
46
43
40
39
Criteria
Analysis
Affected
The number of affected communities do not exist,
because the noise at a distance of 120 m meets the
standard noise level, while the distance to the settlement
of more than 200 m.
Wide spread is 100 meters from the source of noise, did
not reach a settlement.
The impact will take place only when the operation of
construction equipment plant.
Impact meet quality standards at a distance of 120 m
from the noise source.
Other environmental components that might be affected,
there is no.
The total area of the spread
of impacts
intensity Impact
components affected
The cumulative nature of
the impact
Reversibility or
and technology
conclusion
Impacts are not cumulative.
Impact is to turn.
approach by way of management at the source
Important
properties
Impact
not important
not important
not important
not important
not important
not important
not important
not important
not important
III - 9
PT PLN (PERSERO)
3.2.9. Health Decreased (source impact: Mobilization of Equipment and Materials)
1. Source Impact
The decline in health is a secondary effect of the decline in air quality that comes
from the mobilization of equipment and materialsas presented in section
estimates a decrease in air quality over the.
The magnitude of the Impact of a Decrease in the magnitude of health Refers to
the decline in water quality. The magnitude of the impact of a decrease in air
quality from vehicle emissions mobilization of equipment and material
parameters of the dust is 316.1 mg / Nm3 (exceeded the 230 mg / Nm3) at a
distance of 100 meters from the source; and HC 165 mg / Nm3 (exceeded the 160
ug / m3) at a distance of 300 m from the source. Dust that exceeded the potential
to cause respiratory disease (source:www.depkes.go.id). In health data UPTD
Kemiri PHC Health 2012, Acute respiratory tract infections diseases other is a
disease that most, as presented in chapter II.
3. Important Characteristc Impact
Characteristic
Human amount that
will be Affected
The total area of
Intensity Impact
Review
The number of people affected is resident in
a radius of 300 m of track material
mobilization, follow the direction of the
dominant wind from the east and northeast,
the impact is important.
Wide spread is within a radius of 300 meters
from the source to follow the direction of the
dominant wind from the east and northeast,
important impct.
The impact will take place only when the
mobilization of tools and materials, impact
does not important
Potential health reduction is made possible
by the amount of dust and HC that exceeded
the.
The decline in health is secondary impact,
and no subsequent impact.
Many other
environmental
components affected
The cumulative nature Impacts are not cumulative.
of the impact
Reversibility or
Dampak bersifat berbalik.
impact
IPTEK Development
Reversibility or irreversibility of the impact
Conclusion: Impact is important
Important
Characteristic
Impact
Important
Important
Not Important
Important
Not Important
Not Important
Tidak penting
Important
Important
III - 10
PT PLN (PERSERO)
3.2.10. Water Runoff and Inundation (Impact of Land Cover Change and Increased
Runoff)
1. Source Impact
Changes in Land Use
Tread project with ground hoard elevated location will change the land use of
the original farm land ready to be built. Changes in land use will lead to
increased water runoff coefficient, so that discharge storm water runoff
(which is derived from the project site) will also increase.
Increased in Water Runoff
Increased water runoff depends on the intensity of the rain that falls in this
area as well as an area of land and state / type of land surface (grass, plants,
buildings, and so on) or the so-called coefficient of runoff water.
The amount of water runoff (runoff rainwater that falls on the project site)
can be calculated by using the rational formula, namely:
Q = 0,00278 . C . I . A
In which :
Q = Runoff water discharge
C = Water runoff coefficient
I = The intensity of rain
A = Rainwater catchment area
The runoff water discharge area of the project site prior to any building (C =
0.30; The land area = 16.5 ha and hi = 100 mm / h) is 1,375 m3 / sec,
increasing to 3.208 m3 / sec (C = 0.7).
Plan the location of the project site is surrounded by channels / drainage
around the project site, so that the rain water runoff will be channeled
through the channels and puddles may be unavoidable.
Based on the description above, the impact of land use change on the increase in
runoff water is not categorized as an important impact.
III - 11
PT PLN (PERSERO)
3.2.11. Marine Water Quality Impairment and Biota Sea (Development Impact
Capacity Jetty Expansion)
1. Source Impact
Excavation / dredging the seabed for the construction of the expansion /
improvement of the jetty capacity will increase levels of TSS and turbidity of
seawater. In the baseline condition levels of total suspended solids (TSS) in the
District of Coastal waters Pecan relatively low, ranging between (11-42) mg / l.
Increase in TSS and turbidity in sea water will disrupt marine life aquatic biota,
that are plankton, benthos and fish.
2. Magnitude Impact
To determine the impact of dredging, has done some runway models. There are
two conditions which are reviewed dredging. In the first condition, dredging
done before mounting groove wall, and the second condition, the dredging is
done after the groove wall mounted. Simulations were performed for dredging
capacity of 3000 m3 / h and an efficiency of 90%, meaning that 10% of dredged
material dispersed into the waters surrounding area.
If dredging is done before the installation of the wall will provide a sizeable
impact on the turbidity of the waters around, so it can have an impact on water
biota disorders. Dredging the seabed to the barge means inflows will increase
the levels of TSS, which from the beginning (28.3 to 66.2) mg / l to about 283 mg
/ l. And if dredging is done after the installation of exterior wall, the turbidity
will not be spread in the waters as shown in
Disturbance of the aquatic biota will further impact, namely the reduced catches
of fishermen who in turn can reduce the income of fishermen. Thus the impact of
excavation / dredging the seabed of the jetty extension development activities
classed as an important impact.
III - 12
PT PLN (PERSERO)
3.2.12. Decreased Quality of Aquatic Biota
1. Source Impact
The decline in the quality of aquatic biota is a secondary effect of the decline in
the quality of sea water and increased sea water temperature.
2. Magnitude Impact
The magnitude of the impact of a decrease in the quality of aquatic biota is a
change-Winner Shannon diversity index (H ') of plankton and benthos. To
plankton of 4.56 to 4.881, 4.26 to 4.34 and from 2.66 to 3.2 while the big benthos
of 2.55 to 3.12.
Important properties of impact degradation of aquatic biota are important
impacts, appropriate primary impact.
3.2.13. Disorders of the Operational Flight Safety Zone (KKOP) Soekarno-Hatta
(Chimney Development Impact)
1. Source Impact
Pembangunan cerobong PLTU Unit #4
2. Magnitude Impact
Specifications chimney power plant Unit # 4 and the existing chimney as
detailed in the table below.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Table 3.3. Technical Specifications Chimney Power Plant Unit # 4
Parameter
Capacity
Unit
Chimney Unit #4
MW
1 x (300 – 400 MW)
m2
16,61
m3/Sec
415.27
ton/Hour
129,5
High of Chimney
meter
Gas Velocity
m/Sec
Diameter
Broad cross-section of the chimney
In the flue gas temperature
The rate of flow in the chimney
temperature
Flow rate at a temperature of 25oC
Coal Demand
meter
C
m3/Sec
127
4,6
25
131
304,05
III - 13
PT PLN (PERSERO)
The amount of height that can be allowed to +127 feet AGL (Above Ground
Level) or + 124, .545 meters AES (Aerodrome Elevation System) or + 13L feet
MSL (Mean Sea Level).
Chimney construction as recommended. Director General of Civil Aviation No.
AU.929 / DTBU.129 / II / 2007 about 3 Banten PLTU Development Plan Includes
150 kV Transmission Around Soekarno-Hatta International Airport, so it does
not interfere with the construction of the chimney KKOP Soekarno-Hatta
Airport, or the impact is not important.
III - 14
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Sumber: Lampiran Surat Rekomendasi Direktur
Jenderal Perhubungan Udara No.
AU.929/DTBU.129/II/2007
PLTUN 3 BANTEN
Figure 3.1. Position Height Chimney Power Plant against KKOP Soekarno-Hatta Airport
III - 15
PT PLN (PERSERO)
3.2.14. Improved of Land Biota (Impact Landscaping: RTH and Park)
1.
Source Impact
Allocation of green open space (RTH) in the form of parks and green belt
around the access road in the landscape of the existing power plant 3 Banten
2.
and after the development of Unit # 4.
Magnitude Impact
Land use in the power plant site-plan with a details and undeveloped land and
open green areas after development detailed in the table below.
Table 3.4. Details Woke Land and Land Open PLTU 3 Banten.
No.
1
2
Urban Solid (existing)
Green Open Space (existing)
5
Total land area after development
3
4
6
3.
Description of Land Use
7
Existing Total Land Area
Addition Land Development Power Plant Unit # 4
After Waking Land Development Power Plant Unit # 4
Green Open Space after Development
Area (ha)
Information
58,613
57,89
50,31%
49,69%
133,003
100%
116,503
16,500
75,113
57,89
100%
56,47%
43,53%
Important Characteristic Impact
The essential nature of landscaping impact is not important impacts on
terrestrial biotic components with the impact of derivatives on the aesthetic
and environmental health PLTURuang Green Open after Development.
3.3. ESTIMATED IMPACT ON STAGE OPERATION
3.3.1. Decrease Air Quality (Source Impacts: Operation Power Plant Unit # 4)
1. Source Impact
Sources impact air quality deterioration during operation phase is operational
power plant Unit # 4 which uses coal fuel, amounting to ± 171.1 tons / hour.
2. Besaran DampakMagnitude Impact
Common types of pollutants emitted from combustion of coal fuel is contaminant
dust, sulfur dioxide (SO2) and NOx.
The amount of pollutants emitted is dependent on the amount of coal that is
burned and the type (quality) of coal used. Levels of ash and sulfur in the coal will
greatly affect the amount of dust and SO2 emissions that are emitted.
III - 16
PT PLN (PERSERO)
To calculate emissions of pollutants from coal burning activities used emission
factor of the USEPA, as shown in the following table.
No.
1
2
3
Table 3.5. Emissions from Coal Combustion Factor
Parameter
Emission Factor (lb/ton coal)
Dust (TSP)
10 A*
SO2
38 S**
NO2
22
Pollutants from combustion products are supplied to the atmosphere through the
chimney with the technical specifications as shown in the following table.
No.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Table 3.6. Technical Specification for Coal Burning PLTU 3 Banten.
Parameter
Capacity
High of chimney
Diameter
Broad cross-section of the
chimney
Gas velocity
Gas temperature in chimney
The rate of flow in the chimney
temp
Flow rate at a temperature of
25oC
Coal demand
Unit
Chimney I
Chimeny II
MW
meter
meter
m2
2 x (300400 MW)
127
6,5
33,2
1 x (300 –
400 MW)
127
4,6
16,61
Chimney
III
1 x (300 –
400 MW)
127
4,6
16,61
m3/Sec
607,10
304,05
304,05
m/Sec
C
m3/Sec
ton/Hour
25
131
829,16
259
25
131
415.27
129,5
25
131
415.27
129,5
Based on the table above, it appears that the use of coal with ash content of 8%
and 1.2% sulfur content will emit dust at 4300 mg / m3SO2 at 2450 mg / m3 and
NO2 at 1180 mg / m3. The concentration of dust, SO2 and NOx has exceeded the
air quality emission stationary sources Decree of the Minister of the Environment
No. Kep-13 / MENLH / 3/1995 for coal-fired power plant activities (dust = 150 mg
/ m3; SO2 = 750 mg / m3 and NO2 = 850 mg / m3).
To reduce the concentration of the dust of the emission control devices can be
used dust emissions, namely Electrostatic Precipitator (ESP) with an efficiency of
99.5%, the concentration of dust in emissions dropped to 21.5 mg / m3.
III - 17
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Table 3.7 Concentration Gas Emissions from Coal Combustion Chimney
No.
A.
1
2
3
B
1
2
C
1
2
3
D
1
2
3
F
1
2
G
1
2
Parameter
Dust emission without
management
Dust levels
The rate emission of dust
concentration of dust
Dust emissions by 99.5% EP
Rate emission of dust
Concentration of dust emissions
Emissions Management
without SO2
Level of sulfur
Rate of emission
SO2 concentration
SO2 emissions with
management
Level of sulfur
Rate of emission
Concentration SO2
NOx Emissions without
Management
Rate of emission
Concentration of NO2
NOx emissions With Management
Rate of emission
Concentration of NO2
Unit
Chimney I
Chimney
II
Chimney
III
%
gram/Sec
mg/m3
8
2613,0
4304
8
1306,5
4297
8
2613,0
4304
%
gram/detik
mg/m3
1,2
1489,4
2453,4
1,2
744,7
2449,3
1,2
1489,4
2453,4
%
gram/detik
mg/m3
0,366
454,3
748,3
0,366
227,1
747,0
0,366
454,3
748,3
gram/detik
mg/m3
718,6
1.183,6
359,3
1.181,7
718,6
1.183,6
gram/Sec
mg/m3
gram/detik
mg/m3
13,07
21,5
359,3
591,8
6,53
21,5
179,6
590,8
13,07
21,5
359,3
591,8
To decreas the concentration of SO2 in the chimeny emissions can be used coal
with lower sulfur content. If use of coal with a sulfur content of 0.3%, the
concentration of SO2 in emissions to 613 mg / m3, still fulfill quality standards in
emissions of 750 mg / m3. Limit the maximum sulfur content in coal can still be
used where the concentration of SO2 in the emission of 750 mg / m3 is equal to
0.366%.
If use of coal with a sulfur content of> 0.37%, the concentration of SO2 in
emissions will exced the quality standard of 750 mg / m3 for example with FGD
(Flue Gas Desulfurication).
The method can be used to lower the NOx concentration in the gas emissions is
the combustion temperature settings using Low NOx BurnerThe method can be
used to lower the NOx concentration in the gas emissions is the combustion
temperature settings using Low NOx Burner.
Contaminants dust, SOx and NOx are emitted from coal burning are emitted into
the ambient air through the chimney with 127 meters high. The emission of
pollutant contributed to the increase of pollutants in ambient air around the
plant 3 Banten.
III - 18
PT PLN (PERSERO)
By using a mathematical model in the form of software Gaussian ISCST3
(Industrial Source Complex Short Term), the pattern of spread of pollutants
emitted from the chimney with a height of 127 meters from the power plant 3
Banten can be made and displayed in the form of isopleths.
Based on the simulation shows that the contribution of coal combustion activities
with 8% ash content and 127-meter high chimney will contribute to dust /
particulate maximum reach 110 g / m3 on location + 3,000 meters southeast
chimney. When combined with the initial environmental conditions, the highest
dust concentration reaches 260-270 g / m3 in the southeast and south chimney.
Contribution to the environmental conditions of the end of the dust has exceeded
the ambient air quality standards in accordance with ambient air quality
standards according to the Government Regulation No. 41 of 1999.
Contribution to the increase in the concentration of SO2 in ambient air from
burning of coal with a sulfur content of 1.2% achieve 65 g/m3 with the same
distribution pattern as the pattern of spread of dust final concentration of SO2
reached 70 g / m3. The final SO2 concentration is below the ambient air quality
standards.
Contribution and isopleth final environmental NOx condition from coal burned
PLTU activity 3 Banten. Maximum NOx contribution reaches 30 kg / m3 with a
location at a distance of 3000 meters at the southeast end of the chimney and
isopleths reached a maximum of 40 g / m3. The end of the NOx concentration is
below the ambient air quality standards according to the Government Regulation
No. 41Tahun 1989 of 150 g / m3.
From the description above shows that the distribution of dust and gases other
air pollutants (SO2 and NO2) are not going to get to Soekarno Hatta Airport.
From the description, it can be argued that if the use of coal with ash content of
8% and a sulfur content of 1.2%, it will produce emissions of dust / particulates,
SO2 and NOx that have exceeded air quality emissions from stationary sources
according to the Minister of Environment Regulation No. 21 of 2008 about
Quality Standards for Stationary Source Emissions Business and / or activities
Thermal Power Plant. Attachment IB.
III - 19
PT PLN (PERSERO)
These emissions will lasts for 3 Banten plant operations and will lead to an
increase in pollutants in ambient air khususnya untuk zat pencemar debu yang
melebihi baku mutu udara ambient menurut Peraturan Pemerintah Nomor
41Tahun 1999.
Humans are affected residents living around the plant. Thus the impact of
activities on the coal burning power plant operation phase can be categorized as
an important negative impact.
3.3.2. Noise (Source Impact: Operation Power Plant Unit # 4)
1. Source Imapct
Sources of noise impact is operational power plant Unit # 4.
2. Magnitude Impact
Estimated increase in the noise of the operational power plant Unit # 4 using the
formula:
For the same 2 sources of noise levels: LTOT = (L1 + 3) dBA For n same source
noise levels: LTOT = (L1 + 10 log n) dBA
L1 = noise from one source
LTOT = total noise
L2 = L1 – 20 log (r2/r1) dBA
L2 = noise level at a distance r2 from the source (dBA)
L1 = noise level at a distance r1 from the source (dBA)
Forecast total noise (Lot) are presented in the table below.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Table 3.8 Noise Forecast of Operating Power Plant 3 Banten
Location
Tread of PLTU
Outside the fence
Northern
Outside the fence east
Outside the fence
Southern
Klebet Village (±300 m)
Lontar Village (±300 m)
Existing
Measurement
Results (dBA)
66,9
Forecast noise
(dBA) of influence
Power Plant Unit # 4
69
The quality
standard LH Decree
No. 48/1996 *)
70
68,1
70
70
66,6
66,8
65,5
66,1
68,4
68,6
42,6
43,2
7
Kemiri Village (±300 m)
64,8
41,9
*) Measurement results in March 2014
**) For location no.1 s / d No. 4 is calculated by the formula LTOT = (L1 + 10 log n) dBA
**) For the location no.5 s / d 7 is calculated by the formula L2 = L1 - 20 log (r2 / r1) dBA
70
70
55
55
55
III - 20
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Characteristic
be Affected
total area distribution of
impacts
Intensity Impact
Many other
environmental
components affected
Cumulative nature of the
impact
Reversibility or
impact
The development of
Conclusion
Description
Noise in the settlement around the power plant exceeded
the measurement results. While forecasting the influence
of the noise power plant Unit # 4 of the settlement around
the power plant still meet quality standards. Forecast
noise Power Plant Unit # 4 is 69 dBAwill decrease to 41.9
to 43.2 dBA at the nearest settlement within 300 m of the
power plant Unit # 4From here it can be said Power Plant
Unit # 4 does not have an impact on nearby residential
noise
Power Plant Unit # 4 does not have an impact on nearby
residential noise, the impact is not important.
residential noise, the impact is not important, no other
environmental components that may be affected, the
impact is not important.
Impacts are cumulative.
The impact is reversed.
Important
Characteristic
impact
TP
TP
TP
TP
TP
TP
TP
TP
TP
3.3.3. Decrease Marine Water Quality and Pond (Source Impacts: Operation WWTP)
1. Source Impact
Sources impact of sea water quality degradation is processed wastewater disposal
from:
Outlet wastewater treatment plant (WWTP) in the marine waters of the
operational power plant and the existing Unit # 4.
Demolition activities coal from barges to the location of the PLTU Lontar
Activities of sea water demineralization
Waste oil (oil spills from the operational and maintenance generating
engines).
Domestic waste activities administrators and technicians.
Rainwater runoff from coal stockpiles
The forecast decline in sea water quality of the processed wastewater disposal of
waste water treatment plant (WWTP) to the northwest of the operational plant
parairan Unit # 4 analogy with the approach of the existing plant operations. The
magnitude of the impact of water quality degradation of plant operations
analogous Unit # 4 is equal to the magnitude of the existing PLTU activities
III - 21
PT PLN (PERSERO)
because it uses the existing waste treatment unit. Estimating the impacts
presented in the table below.
No
1
2
3
4
5
Unit
Table 3. 9. Forecasts Decrease Marine Water Quality At PLTU Operations Unit # 4
Parameter
TSS
Ph
Salinity
fatty oils
Cu
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
mg/l
Results
Measurement
March 2014
outlet point
(point 2)
42
7,74
15
<0,2
<0,0005
The magnitude of
the impact (the
Forecast sea
Results
difference
water quality
Measurement
between the
while
March 2014
results of
operating
control point measurement of
power plant
(point 7)
the outlet point
Unit # 4
and control
point)
42
31
73
7,94
-0,2
7,76
29
14
29
<0,2
0
<0,2
<0,0005
0
<0,0005
LH Decree No. 51
/ / 2004
Appendix I
80
6,5-8,5
Nature
5
0,05
Characteristic
be Affected
total area distribution of
impacts
Intensity Impact
Many other
environmental
components affected
Cumulative
characteristic impact
Reversibility or
impact
IPTEK development
Conclusion
Description
The number of people affected by the decline in
the quality of sea water fishermen who conduct
activities in local coastal waters as a place of
fishing (installation step on the chart).
The total area of distribution of impact at radius
of 2.2 to 2.5 km from the point of discharge. At
this radius, the use of water is for fishing
activities (chart step) by fishermen
continues during plant operation
The intensity of the case in accordance with the
intensity of the impact of the disposal of waste
water in the worst condition is the day (24 hours)
Other environmental components are affected
marine life and fishing activities by fishermen
(step chart)
Impact of sea water quality degradation are not
cumulative
Impact of sea water quality degradation recover
naturally when the source is stopped impact
To mitigate the impact of sea water quality
degradation can be overcome by the IPAL
Important
Characteristic
Impact
P
P
P
P
P
TP
TP
TP
P
3.3.4. Increased Sea Water Temperature (source impacts: Cooling Water Disposal:
Waste Bahang)
1. Source Impact
Increased sea temperatures caused by the activities of the cooling water discharge
(cooling water). Activities will generate wastewater plant that has been used for
the cooling system or the engine cooling plant. Cooling water temperature is
typically ± 5 ° C of inletnya. Cooling water quality standard based Permen LH No.
III - 22
PT PLN (PERSERO)
08 Year 2009 regarding Standard Wastewater Business and / or activities
Thermal Power Plant Appendix IIA is 40 ° C were measured monthly average in
oulet kondensorya.
The water from the condenser outlet subsequently flowed into the sea through the
canals discharge. In outfall or discharge point (meeting point channel with beach)
sea water temperatures that have come out of this maximum is 38 ° C. Thus there
will be an increase in the temperature of the sea water around the discharge point.
Sea water temperature plays an important role in the marine ecosystem.
Temperature will affect the equilibrium solubility of minerals trace elements and
oxygen in water. This leads to an increase in the minerals and trace elements on
the one hand lowers the solubility of oxygen in water. The waters around the
study area is a fishing waters for fishing (chart installation step) so that the
increase in sea temperatures will negatively affect fisheries. Therefore, this effect
can be classified as a negative impact.
At the current state, or the amount of wastewater discharge is 134 350 m3 / h and
will increase the operational Unit # 4 to 60 m3 / ha total of 134 410 m3 / h. To
determine the distribution of waste heat contained in the cooling water is done by
modeling approach using simulation models support two-dimensional grid with a
total of 21 390. The phenomenon of dispersion apply heat transfer with CFD
software. Associated with long-wave turbulence allowing turbulence intensity
10% of the k-epsilon method. The assumption that the heat transfer occurs
through a diffusion process that occurs as a result of tidal water movement and
the movement of water from the convection currents sucked intake pump.
Simulated sea water temperature dispersion by entering the data flow, the intake
velocity, velocity discharge, ambient temperature, ambient temperature of sea
water, and the temperature outfall / discharge.
Input parameters:
Inlet1 : Velocity flow / steam 0.01m / s, temperature of 29C
Inlet2 : Intake speed of 0.1m / s
Inlet4 : Discharge or outfall velocity0.1m/s, suhu of 35C
Inlet 3,5, 6 : Channel speed 0.01m / s, temperature cf 29C
Ambient seawater temperature: 29C
Simulation: Tied time
Aktivation: Heat Transfer, Turbulence
III - 23
PT PLN (PERSERO)
2. Magnitude Impact
The simulation results show the movement of the tides cause fluctuations in the
temperature of the cooling water intake system. The highest temperature, 29.1 ° C,
The side entrance to the canal occurs at high tide. The distance between the inlet
to the intake location far enough to cause the release substantial heat along the
canal, so that it can be said not reach thermal dispersion (touching) the location of
the cooling water intake system (cooling water). Predicted value of the condenser
inlet temperature will be maintained at room temperature (29C). Thus the layout
design of the intake and outfall positions separated by a wall that has been
recommended.
Based on simulation results and calculations can be concluded that there is no
recirculation (reverse flow) of thermal estuary to the intake cooling water system.
Analysis of thermal dispersion is meant to represent the temperature distribution in
the vicinity of the cooling system layout Lontar CFSPP results intake and exhaust
position. The spread of high temperature of the estuary began to spread and affect the
temperature of the mouth of the canal when the 48th hour, so the observation of
thermal dispersion starts to look. Hours of thermal dispersion observations made
during the 8 days of hours of simulationsto-48 (used as day 0) until to192 (day 8) per
12 hours after thermal dispersion:
Figure 3.2 Heat Distribution on the way to retroactively
III - 24
PT PLN (PERSERO)
At neap tide against sea conditions, the distribution of heat from the wall.
Temperature measurement point 1 (29.01°C) and the measurement point 2
(29.04 C). Rising temperatures around the intake only 0.01 C.this is due to the
absence of heat accumulation in the intake tract and thermal diffusion does not
occur directly between the high temperature water around the mouth of the
intake for the channel wall. Heat distribution tend to stay away from the wall
(Figure 4.11). This phenomenon is caused by the movement of ocean currents
towards low tide. Here are the details of the simulation results.
Figure 3.3. Flow velocity vector at low tide
Movement during neap to the north-east and movement outfall flows in the same
direction, bringing high temperatures in the north-east and release heat in there
so that the distribution of high temperatures away from the wall (Figure 3.4).
Figure 3.4. Heat distribution on tidal conditions
III - 25
PT PLN (PERSERO)
In conditions of high tides, heat distribution closer to the wall back. Temperature
measurement point 1 (29.02 °) and the measurement point 2 (29.58 ° C). Channel
temperature began to rise due to the diffusion process takes place, so that the high
temperature region extends along the movement of tidal currents carry high
temperatures approaching the wall and the mouth of the canal. However, the
temperature rise at the mouth of the canal just 0:02 ° C of ambient temperature
29C. Details about the velocity vector of the tidal conditions are as follows:
Figure 3.5. Vector direction movement velocity tidal currents
Figure 3.6. Sea Water Temperature Distribution in Two Point Measure
III - 26
PT PLN (PERSERO)
3. Important Characeristic Impact
Essential nature impact assessment under Regulation 27 Year 2012 on
Environmental Permits, as follows:
Characteristic
Human amount that
will be Affected
Total area of
distribution of
impacts
Intensity Impact
Many other
environmental
components affected
Cumulative nature of
the impact
Reversibility or
impact
IPTEK Development
Conclusion
Description
The number of people affected by an increase in
temperature of the sea water but did not receive a
direct benefit from the activities of the power plant / U
is the fishermen who conduct activities activities or to
make local coastal waters as a place of fishing
(installation step on the chart. The number of chart or
fishermen ± 35 chart
The total area of distribution of the effects of increasing
ocean temperatures reach above 32 ° C is at a radius of
2.2 to 2.5 km from the point of dischargeAt this radius,
the use of water is for fishing activities (chart step) by
fishermen
continues during plant operation
The intensity of the case in accordance with the
intensity of the impact of the disposal of waste water
cooling in the worst condition is the day (24 hours)
Other environmental components are affected marine
life and fishing activities by fishermen (step chart)
The impact of increased ocean temperatures due to the
cooling water waste disposal activities are not
cumulative because of high water temperatures will
spread naturally and will decrease the temperature by
the heat transfer from the air to the sea water
The impact of an increase in ocean temperatures due to
the disposal of waste cooling water will be able to
recover naturally, if the source of the impact of
discontinued
To mitigate the impact of a decrease in sea water
temperature can be overcome by making the canals are
longer and wider useful slows the entry of cooling water
containing heat incoming sea keperairan Thus, during
his journey early heat waste naturally will experience
the heat exchange with the local air
Important
Characteristic
Impact
P
P
P
P
P
TP
TP
TP
P
3.3.5. Decreased Quality of Aquatic Biota
1. Source Impact
Penurunan kualitas biota perairan merupakan dampak sekunder dari penurunan
kualitas air laut dan peningkatan suhu air laut.
2. Magnitude Impact
The magnitude of the impact of a decrease in the quality of aquatic biota is a
change-Winner Shannon diversity index (H ') of plankton and benthos.
III - 27
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Important characteristic of impact degradation of aquatic biota are important
impacts, appropriate primary impact.
3.3.6. Employment & Bussines (Source Impacts: Recruitment)
1. Source Impact
Activity recruitment operation phase gives hope to the local community to fill
these opportunities. In the operation phase, the opportunity to fill the position of
employment for the local community is relatively small considering it takes a lot of
energy will require special skills. In this condition the proponent will optimize the
opportunities for local communities and trying to prioritize the work force
regarding to the rules.
2. Magnitude Impact
Receipt of additional labor operation phase estimated 120 people. This amount
would also be felt by family. Assuming one person to bear 4 people, then it will
impact 200 ± 20% or about 24 people are experts (skills). With the revenues are
expected to be open business opportunities that will arise double effect.
Characteristic
Human amount that
will be Affected
total area of
distribution of
impacts
Duration of the
impact
Intensity Impact
Many other
environmental
components affected
cumulative nature of
the impact
Reversibility or
impact
IPTEK development
Conclusion
Description
Manusia yang berpotensi terkena dampak
adalah masyarakat di desa sekitar wilayah studi
dalam Kecamatan Kemiri atau (dengan populasi
pada tahun 2012 sekitar 8.564 jiwa).
Most will be scattered in villages around the
project to Tangerang Diistrict.
Selama periode operasi
Hanya sekali selama tahap operasi saat
penerimaan tenaga kerja.
Komponen lingkungan lain yang mungkin
terkena dampak persepsi masyarakat.
Dampak tidak bersifat kumulatif, karena
dampak akan hilang dengan berhentinya
aktivitas penerimaan tenaga kerja.
Dampak tidak berbalik.
Important
Characteristic
Impact
p
p
p
p
p
TP
TP
P
P
III - 28
PT PLN (PERSERO)
3.3.7. Public Perception (Source: Acceptance of Labour)
1. Source Impact
Change the public perception is a secondary effect of the increase in employment.
Additional reception labor activity operation phase gives hope to the local
community to fill these opportunities. At this stage of the operation to fill the
position of employment opportunities for the local community is relatively small
considering it takes a lot of energy will require special skills. In this condition the
proponent will optimize the opportunities for local communities and trying to
prioritize the work force regarding to the rules
2. Magnitude Impact
Acceptance of additional manpower additional operating phase estimated 96
people. This amount would also be felt by the family. Assuming one person to bear
4 people, it will have an impact on 384 people. With the revenues are expected to
be open business opportunities that will arise double effect.
Characteristic
be Affected
Luas wilayah persebaran
dampak
Lamanya dampak
berlangsung
Intensitas Dampak
Many other
environmental
components affected
cumulative nature of the
impact
Reversibility or
impact
IPTEK Development
Conclusion
Description
Humans are potentially affected people in
the villages around the area of study in the
District of Kemiri or (with a population in
2012 of about 8564 inhabitants).
Most will be scattered in villages around
the project to Tangerang District.
During the period of operation
Only once during the operational phase
when hiring.
Other environmental components that
may be affected by public perception.
Impacts are cumulative, because the
effects will disappear with the cessation of
recruitment activity.
Impact turned
Approach is to management at the
source, namely the extension
Important
Characteristic
Impact
p
p
p
p
p
TP
P
TP
P
III - 29
PT PLN (PERSERO)
3.3.8. Health of
Decrease/ Leisure, K3 (Source Impact: Power Plant Operations
Unit # 4)
1. Source Impact
The decline in health is a secondary effect of the decline in air quality that comes
from the power plant operational Unit # 4, as presented in section estimates a
decrease in air quality over the
2. Magnitude Impact
The magnitude of the impact of a decrease in the magnitude of health refers to the
decline in air quality. The magnitude of the impact of air quality deterioration
from power plant emissions Unit # 4 is a parameter of NO2 exceeded the quality
standard at a distance of 80 meters - 735 meters from the chimney.
NO2
parameters that exceeded the quality standard has the potential to interfere with
breathing.
Characteristic
Affected
Total area of distribution of
impacts
Intensity Impact
Description
The number of people potentially affected are those who
are within a radius of 80 meters - 735 meters from the
power plant Unit # 4, as the image potential distribution
NO2 parameters above, the impact is important.
There is widespread deployment within a radius of 80
meters to 735 meters from the power plant Unit # 4, as
the image potential distribution NO2 parameters above,
an important impact.
The impact will take place during plant operation, and
the critical impact parameter distribution potential NO2
picture above, an important impact.
Potential health decline possible by NO2 levels exceed
the quality standards.
The decline in health is a secondary effect, and no
subsequent impact.
Impacts are not cumulative.
components affected
Cumulative nature of the
impact
Reversibility or
Impact is reversed.
Conclusion: impact is important
Important
Characteristic
Impact
Important
Important
Important
Important
Not Important
Not Important
Not Important
Important
3.3.9. Flow changes - Abrasion and Sedimentation (Source Impact: The existence of
Jetty)
1. Source Imapact
The existence of the jetty and facilities will disrupt the flow of incoming barge /
hold ocean waves, so change the direction and speed of ocean currents. To
determine the characteristics of the waves caused by the jetty and means inflows
this barge refraction-diffraction analysis with the help of CG mode WAVE.
III - 30
PT PLN (PERSERO)
2. Besaran Dampak
From the results of refraction-diffraction analysis of obtained results in the sea
wave height in the 50 year return period of 3.84 meters, propagate to the site
plans (sea beach District of Pecan) 3:00 meter reaches either the west or east
monsoon season.
Changes in ocean currents have the potential to cause erosion and sedimentation
sea. Marine abrasion will cause a reduction in the population of pondso it will
reduce the income of fishermen, while sedimentation resulting siltation beach.
To find out how much impact against abrasion and sedimentation, dilakukan
wave modeling and mathematical modeling to study patterns of shoreline change
(erosion and sedimentation).
The GENESIS program, with data input above can provide an estimate of the
value of longshore transport rate as well as changes in the coastline due to the
sediment transport without or with a change in the structure on the beach for a
certain period of time.
Simulations were performed on an area of study include:
1. Sediment transport rate of total (number of longshore sediment transport as
a result of transport towards the left or right relative to the position of the
canal),
2. Changes in cumulative coastline in the period under review, with gradations
of shoreline change according to the reviews.
From the results of modeling changes in coastline, oblique canal and the canal
straightWill occur abrasion (pullback shoreline) to the east of the canal and
sedimentation (the advance of the coastline) in the west along the 1 km, the
abrasion rate (10-15) m / year and sedimentation rate (15-20) m / year.
Besides influenced by waves and currentsThe rate of sediment transport and
shoreline change rate / abrasion influenced water flow in rivers that flow into the
waters around this. These rivers are Cimanceuri River which empties into the
west jetty, has a maximum flow of 62.35 m3 / sec, and which empties into the
east jetty is Cileuleus River and River Cimauk respective maximum discharge
18.75 m3 / sec and 8.60 m3 / sec.
III - 31
PT PLN (PERSERO)
No.
1
2
3
4
5
Table 3.10. Comparison of Alternative Structures Coastal Security
Seawall
Expensive
Material
Availability
Good
b.Tetrapod
Inexpensive
Good
Alternative
Revertment:
a. Stone
Groin:
- Stone
- Tetrapod
Breakwater:
- Stone
- Tetrapod
Seawall
Groin:
- Stone
&
- Tetrapod
Cost
Cheap
Cheap
Inexpensive
Expensive
Expensive
Very
Expensive
Very
Expensive
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Good
Easy
Methods of
Environmental
Implementation
Impact
constraints
Bad
Worksp
ace
Easy
Maintenanc Effectivenes
e
s
Easy
Less
Easy
Easy
Average
Easy
Transportation
constraints
constraints
Easy
constraints
Easy
constraints
Easy
Easy
Bad
Easy
Bad
Easy
Average
Average
Average
Average
Average
Average
Bad
Average
Bad
Average
Easy
Easy
Average
Easy
Average
Easy
Average
Easy
Less
Easy
Average
Less
Easy
Average
Rather
Difficult
Rather
Difficult
Average
Average
Relatively
easy
Relatively
Easy
Good
Good
From the results of the modeling and deployment of shoreline change sediments
affected by river discharge, the impact of coal transportation activities (jetty and
means inflows barge) to changes in flow and erosion-sedimentation assessed as
an important negative impact.
3.3.10. Decrease Water Quality / Groundwater
1. Source Impact
Coal stockpiles can pose potential impacts to water quality degradation due to
the runoff of rainwater that falls on the surface of coal yard. The impact is the
disruption of aquatic biota in the Java Sea waters District of Pecan.
2. Magnitude Impact
Rainwater that falls on the surface of coal yard will dissolve the chemicals that
are in the coal including Hg, Cu, Cd, As, Fe and Zn. The concentration of chemical
compounds are highly dependent on the quality of the raw material coal to be
used. Infiltrated rainwater runoff from low-quality coal can contain Cu = 5 mg / l,
Cd = 0.15 mg / l, danZn = 18 mg / l, exceeds the allowable effluent quality
according to Environment Minister Regulation No. 08 Year 2009 regarding
Standard Wastewater Business and / or activities Thermal Power Plant. When
these compounds in high concentrations in coal material to be used the
III - 32
PT PLN (PERSERO)
concentration of these elements in storm water runoff will also be high so as to
reduce water quality.
Rainwater that falls on the surface of the coal stockpiles can seep into the ground
when the base is made of layers of coal accumulation were not watertight.
Rainwater that seeps (infiltrated) into the ground, called leachate, can reach the
aquifer so that the quality of ground water decreases, thus the impact of coal
stockpiling against water and ground water quality is classed as an important
negative impact.
III - 33
PT PLN (PERSERO)
CHAPTER IV
HOLISTIC EVALUATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT
2015
PT PLN (PERSERO)
BAB IV
4.1. SIGNIFICANT IMPACT ON RESEARCH PAPER
Basically, each component is not a stand-alone environment. Fundamental changes
experienced by an environmental component as a result of activities (primary impact)
can bring further due to changes in other environmental components (secondary
impacts). Secondary impact on the environment component may further provoke
changes also in other environmental components (tertiary impact). And so on, until in
significant environmental impacts of the various components of the causal relationship
exists. In connection with the significant environmental impact evaluation conducted in
a holistic manner, to present a causal relationship between the components of the
planned activities and environmental components (impact primary, secondary,
tertiary, and the linkages between the impact.
Important impact evaluation in a holistic manner using evaluation matrix effects and
impact evaluation flowchart. Matrix Impact Evaluation and Impact Important
Evaluation Flow Chart
Environment is presented in Table 4.1 and Figure 4.1.
IV - 1
PT PLN (PERSERO)
TABLE 4.1 SIGNIFICANT IMPACT EVALUATION MATRIX DEVELOPMENT UNIT # 4 (1 X 300-400 MW) PLTU 3 BANTEN (3 X 315 MW)
COMPONENTS ACTIVITIES
No
COMPONENT OF EVIRONMENTAL
I
Physical Chemistry
1
Air Quality
2
Noise
3
Water Runoff
4
Quality of Sea Water
5
Pond Water Quality
6
Groundwater Quality
7
Sea Water Temperature
8
Land Traffic (Traffic Generation)
9
Sea Traffic: Disruption Fishing Activities
10 Erotion and Sedimentation
11 KKOP Bandara Soekarno-Hatta
II
Biology
1
Terrestrial Biota
2
Marine Biota /Pond
III Social
1
Job Opportunities and Business Opportunities
2
People Perceptions
IV
Healt
1
2
Public Healt
Information: x : Impact is not important P : Important Impact
PRECONTRUCTION
1
2
CONSTRUCTION
1
2
3
P
x
x
x
x
x
P
x
P
x
x
P
P
x
P
x
x
4
5
6
7
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
2
3
P
P
x
P
P
P
x
x
x
P
I. PRE-CONSTRUCTION PHASE
II. CONSTRUCTION PHASE
1. Submission of Information Action Plan
2. Feasibility study / FS and Licensing
1. Mobilizations of labor
2. Mobilization of equipment and materials
3. Land maturation unit # 4 (1 x 300-400 MW)
4. Civil Works (Main Building, Jetty extension) and Chimney
5. Construction PLTU Lontar Unit #4 (Pekerjaan Mekanik Listrik)
6. Supporting infrastructure development (+ landscaping)
7. Commissioning
1
x
P
x
x
OPERATIONS PLTU BANTEN 3 (4 x 315 MW)
4
6
P
P
P
P
P
P
x
P
P
7
8
9
P
P
P
P
P
P
x
x
x
P
P
P
10
P
P
x
5
P
P
x
III. OPERATION PHASE
P
x
1. Acceptance of additional manpower
2. Transportation, Hoarding & Coal Handling
And Jetty
3. Turbine Operational (Burning Coal)
4. System of Water Use(Desalination)
5. Disposal of Bahang waste water
6. Handling Ash (fly ash & bottom ash)
7. Operation waste water treatment plant (WWTP)
8. Waste Management B3 & Oil Spillls
IV - 2
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Figure 4.1. Important Impact Evaluation Chart
IV - 3
PT PLN (PERSERO)
UNIT INDUK PEMBANGUNAN VIII
4.2. RESEARCH PAPER AS A BASIS FOR MANAGEMENT
A review of basic management as presented in the table below.
TABLE 4.2 DIRECTIONS OF SIGNIFICANT IMPACT MANAGEMENT
DEVELOPMENT UNIT # 4 POWER PLANT (1 X 300-400 MW) PLTU 3 BANTEN (3 X 315 MW)
No.
I
Decriptions of
Increase
Pre-Construction
Submission
Information Action
Plan
Imapact of
Primary
Important
Dampak Penting
Sekunder
Perception
(positive and
negative)
Community Support
Public Unrest
Speculation in land
prices
1
Manpower
Recruitment
Employment
opportunities and
business
opportunities
Perception
(positive)
2
Mobilization of
Materials
Decrease Air
Quality
Decline in Healt
Evocation Traffic
decrease in air
quality
Terrestrial Biota
Aesthetics &
Environmental
Health
1
2
II
land acquisition
Construction
Supporting
infrastructure
development:
Landscaping: RTH
and Garden
III
1
Operation
Acceptance of
additional
Job Opportunities
manpower
Transportation(loadin
g-unloading at area
Air Quality
jetty) , Hoarding &
Handling Coal
Sea Water Quality
2
Groundwater
quality
Jetty Building
Changes in flow
patterns
Perception
(positive)
Decrease Health
Decline in aquatic
biota
The decline in the
quality of shallow
groundwater
Abrasion and
sedimentation
Referrals significant impact
management
Continuing and improving CSR
programs during this
has lasted
Land acquisition in consultation with
related parties: landowners and
public agencies, in order to achieve
an agreed value of land acquisition
Prioritize recruitment from
local communities in accordance
qualifications required
Truck lid material; and watering
roads
potentially dusty.
The primary impact of air quality
management is not
directly as a secondary impact
reduction management
health.
Mobilization of materials in
coordination with the Department of
Transportation
and Tangerang Police (Police Kronjo)
Use of greening plants potentially
absorbing pollutants through the
medium of air, water and soil.
Alternative types of plants that can be
planted (Center for Housing Research
and Development Research and
Development Department of Public
Works, 2005) and a review of other
literature.
Prioritize recruitment from
local communities in accordance
qualifications required.
SOP loading & unloading Coal
Water runoff from stock-pile in the
drain and processed in WWTP
Contamination Coal & Ash Stock-Pile
Protection of coastal areas are
abraded with revegetation
Periodic dredging in the area
sedimentation
IV - 4
PT PLN (PERSERO)
No.
III
3
4
5
6
Descriptions of
Activities
Operation
Turbine Operation
(Burning Coal)
System Water Usage
(Desalination)
Wastewater
discharge Bahang
from the cooling
system / condenser
Ash Handling (fly ash
& bottom ash)
7
Operation waste
water treatment
plant (WWTP)
8
9
10
Important Impact
of Primary
Important Impact
of Secondary
Air Quality
Decrease Healt
Sea Water
Temperature
decline in aquatic
biota
Quality of Sea
water
Air Quality
Groundwater
Quality
decline in aquatic
biota
Decrease Healt
Sea Water Quality
and Pond
decline in aquatic
biota
Waste Management
B3 & Oil Spills
Quality of Sea
Water
decline in aquatic
biota
Operation sanitary
waste treatment
plant (SSTP)
Quality of Sea
Water
decline in aquatic
biota
Domestic Waste
Management
environmental
sanitation
Habitat for disease
vectors (flies and
mice)
Referrals significant impact
management
The use of electrostatic precipitator
(EP) to catch ash
Ensure wastewater has fulfilled
quality standards before being
released into the waters
Abu utilized by 3rd party as a raw
material (Cement Factory)
Water runoff from the ash yard is
flow and processed in WWTP
Contamination Coal & Ash Stock-Pile
Making TPS / Warehouse B3 will be
equipped permissions of KLH
Ensuring water oily, waste water
from oil separators have fulfilled
Ensuring oily wastewater from oil
water separators have fulilled quality
standards before being released into
the waters
Waste management by the contractor
of the required coordination with the
Department of Hygiene and
Tangerang District
4.3. FEASIBILITY OF ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS
Consideration of the environmental eligibility criteria:
1.
Location of power plant construction activity 3 Banten Unit # 4 designation with
2.
PLTU in Banten 3 Unit # 4 refers to the policy in the field of protection and
3.
4.
Spatial Pasuruan, that designation as a power plant 3 Banten Unit # 4.
management of environment and natural resources are regulated in laws and
regulations
Construction PLTU 3 Banten Unit #4 consider the interests of defense and
security.
PLTU in Banten 3 Unit # 4 has been used to forecast the magnitude and nature of
the important aspects of the impact of biophysical chemistry, social, economic,
cultural, spatial, and public health at the stage of pre-construction, construction,
operation.
IV - 5
PT PLN (PERSERO)
5.
PLTU in Banten 3 Unit # 4 has been carried out in a holistic evaluation of all
6.
Initiator and / or related parties responsible should have the ability to resolve the
7.
8.
9.
significant impacts as a whole are interrelated and influence each other in order to
know the balance of the significant impacts that are positive to negative.
important negative impact will be inflicted with a technological approach, social,
and institutional.
PLTU construction in 3 Banten Unit # 4 does not interfere with social values or
views of the community.
PLTU construction 3 Banten Unit # 4 is in the PLTU area 3 Banten (3 x 315 MW)
existing, does not affect and / or disrupt the ecological entities.
PLTU construction 3 Banten Unit # 4 does not interfere with the existing activities
around the planned location of activity. On the basis of this, the PLTU construction
3 Banten Unit # 4 meets the environmental eligibility.
IV - 6
PT PLN (PERSERO)
BIBLIOGRAPHY
2015
PT PLN (PERSERO)
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Anis, 2006, Manajemen Berbasis Lingkungan, Solusi Mencegah dan Menanggulangi Penyakit
Menular, Jakarta, Gramedia.
Bemmellen, R.w Van, 1949, The Geolagy of Indonesia Vol IA, Goverenment Printing Office,
The Hague, Matinus Nijhoff.
Canter, Larry W, L996, Environmental lmpact Assessmenf, McGraw-Hill International
Editions, Second Edition, New York: L72 - LBl.
Tangerang District Health Office. 2006, Profil Tangerang District Health In 2012, Tangerang
District Health Office.
E. Rusmana, 1991, Peta Geologi Lembar Serang, Pusat Penelitian & Pengembangan Geologi,
Direktorat Geologi, Bandung.
E. Willy, Sugiafto, L996, Penghijauan Pantai, First Edition, Jakarta.
Fardiaz, S., 1992, Polusi Air & Udara, Yogyakarta, Kanisius.
FG Nayoan, USGS, L976, 1999, Peta Zona Seismik dan Sebaran Gempa Tahun 1900 -1999,
Directorate of Environmental Geology and Mining Regions.
Frick, H., and Mulyani, T.H. 2006. Arsitektur Ekologis : Konsep Arsitektur Ekologis di iklim
Tropis, Penghijauan Kota dan kota Ekologis, sefta Energi Terbarukan, Yogyakarta :
Publisher Kanisius.
Grieest at all, t9BI, Health Effects Investigation of Oil Shak Developmend An arbour Science
Publisher, Inc. Michigan : 191
Haryadi Tiftomihardjo, 2001, Potensi Sumber Daya Air Bawah Tanah di Wilayah Tangerang,
Provinsi Banten, Direktorat Tata Lingkungan Geologi dan Kawasan Pertambangan,
Ditjen GSM, Depaftemen Energi dan Sumber Daya Mineral.
Hasbullah, J. 2006, Social Capital: Menuju Keunggulan Budaya Manusia Indonesia. Jakarta :
MR-United Press.
Ministry Of Environment, 200. Prakiraan Environmental Impact of Air Quality, Deputy
Environmental Management, Ministry Of Environment, Jakarta.
Miller, R.W. 1988. lJrban Forestry: Planning and Managing Urban Green Spaces. New Jersey:
Prence Hall.
Nontji, N., 1993, Laut Nusantara,Second Edition, Publisher Jembatan: 145
Odum, E.P., 1975, Ecology, Oxford & IBH Publishing Co, New Delhi, ZB - 43.
1
PT PLN (PERSERO)
Peavy, H.s., Rowe D.R., Tchobanaglous, G, L988, Environmental Engineering, Mc Graww Hill
Company, New York : 435 - 438.
PT PLN (Persero). 1991, Environmental Evaluation Study PLTI Suralaya lJnit 1 s/d 4 and Plan
Activity Development Unit 5,6, and 7, State Electricity Company, Jakarta.
PT PLN (Persero). 1994, PLTU Environmental Impact Analysis Cilacap . PT. Sumber Segara
Primadaya, IV : 28 - 43, dan VII : 1 - 20.
PT PLN (Persero). 2005, Environmental Impact Analysis, PLTU Development Plan 2 X 300
MW Serang, Banten, PT. Wiratman & Associates, V : 54-66.
Purba, J. (eds). 2002. Pengelolaan Lingkungan Sosial. Jakarta: Yayasan Obor Indonesia.
Ryadi, S., 1982, Pencemaran lJdara, Usaha Nasional, Surabaya :72 - 83.
S. Naryo, t992, Budidaya Rumput Laut,, Third Edition, Balai Pustaka, Jakarta : 43
Soekardi P., L986, Peta Hidrogeologi, Lembar I (Jakafta) Direktorat Geologi Tata Lingkungan,
Bandung.
T. Turkendi dkk, 1992 , Peta Geologi Lembar Jakafta, Pusat Penelitian & Pengembangan
Geologi, Direktorat Geologi Bandung.
Wesley, I.D., Dr. Ir., L977, Mekanika Tanah, Badan Penerbit Pekerjaan Umum, 106.
WHO, 1977, Health Hazards of the Human Environmenf, Geneva : 19 - 24.
Willy, L995, Penghijauan Pantai, First Edition, PT. Penebar swadaya, Jakarat : 40.
2

PT PLN (PERSERO)

Transcription

Similar documents